US20080132059A1 - Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device - Google Patents
Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080132059A1 US20080132059A1 US11/790,760 US79076007A US2008132059A1 US 20080132059 A1 US20080132059 A1 US 20080132059A1 US 79076007 A US79076007 A US 79076007A US 2008132059 A1 US2008132059 A1 US 2008132059A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- film
- integrated circuit
- semiconductor integrated
- circuit device
- interconnection
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims description 205
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims description 99
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 137
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 332
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 170
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 156
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 148
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 100
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 claims description 83
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 71
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 71
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 59
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 59
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 51
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000005868 electrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims 4
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 abstract description 168
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 160
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 141
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 93
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 93
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 abstract description 30
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 230000001603 reducing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 17
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 706
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 132
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 78
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 64
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 61
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 48
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 38
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 23
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 17
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 14
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethyl orthosilicate Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)OCC BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000005268 plasma chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- JUZTWRXHHZRLED-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu] Chemical compound [Si].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu].[Cu] JUZTWRXHHZRLED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910021360 copper silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- -1 aluminum or tungsten Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 6
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910008051 Si-OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910006358 Si—OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910006360 Si—O—N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910000431 copper oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000005751 Copper oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910018557 Si O Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000003749 cleanliness Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006056 electrooxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 4
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910021421 monocrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000005121 nitriding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000005360 phosphosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910003828 SiH3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004380 ashing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000005468 ion implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- OLRJXMHANKMLTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silyl Chemical compound [SiH3] OLRJXMHANKMLTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010010144 Completed suicide Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000005749 Copper compound Substances 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910017974 NH40H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910007991 Si-N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910020177 SiOF Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910006294 Si—N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001880 copper compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008646 thermal stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004506 ultrasonic cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMGDVUCDZOBDNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2h-benzotriazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC2=NNN=C12 CMGDVUCDZOBDNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011380 COVID-19–associated multisystem inflammatory syndrome in children Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910016344 CuSi Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910008599 TiW Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide;molecular oxygen Chemical compound O=O.O=C=O UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003486 chemical etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCS WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007772 electrode material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010893 electron trap Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003912 environmental pollution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013373 food additive Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002778 food additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHGSGZLLHBKSAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridosilicon Chemical compound [SiH] QHGSGZLLHBKSAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOSATHPSBFQAML-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen peroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.OO QOSATHPSBFQAML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002923 metal particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003209 poly(hydridosilsesquioxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011163 secondary particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011044 succinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/40—Electrodes ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02041—Cleaning
- H01L21/02057—Cleaning during device manufacture
- H01L21/0206—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of insulating layers
- H01L21/02063—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of insulating layers the processing being the formation of vias or contact holes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02041—Cleaning
- H01L21/02057—Cleaning during device manufacture
- H01L21/02068—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of conductive layers, e.g. polysilicon or amorphous silicon layers
- H01L21/02074—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of conductive layers, e.g. polysilicon or amorphous silicon layers the processing being a planarization of conductive layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02104—Forming layers
- H01L21/02107—Forming insulating materials on a substrate
- H01L21/02109—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates
- H01L21/02112—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer
- H01L21/02123—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer the material containing silicon
- H01L21/02164—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer the material containing silicon the material being a silicon oxide, e.g. SiO2
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02104—Forming layers
- H01L21/02107—Forming insulating materials on a substrate
- H01L21/02109—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates
- H01L21/02112—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer
- H01L21/02123—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer the material containing silicon
- H01L21/0217—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the type of layer, e.g. type of material, porous/non-porous, pre-cursors, mixtures or laminates characterised by the material of the layer the material containing silicon the material being a silicon nitride not containing oxygen, e.g. SixNy or SixByNz
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02104—Forming layers
- H01L21/02107—Forming insulating materials on a substrate
- H01L21/02225—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the process for the formation of the insulating layer
- H01L21/0226—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the process for the formation of the insulating layer formation by a deposition process
- H01L21/02263—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the process for the formation of the insulating layer formation by a deposition process deposition from the gas or vapour phase
- H01L21/02271—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the process for the formation of the insulating layer formation by a deposition process deposition from the gas or vapour phase deposition by decomposition or reaction of gaseous or vapour phase compounds, i.e. chemical vapour deposition
- H01L21/02274—Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the process for the formation of the insulating layer formation by a deposition process deposition from the gas or vapour phase deposition by decomposition or reaction of gaseous or vapour phase compounds, i.e. chemical vapour deposition in the presence of a plasma [PECVD]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3105—After-treatment
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/314—Inorganic layers
- H01L21/318—Inorganic layers composed of nitrides
- H01L21/3185—Inorganic layers composed of nitrides of siliconnitrides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3205—Deposition of non-insulating-, e.g. conductive- or resistive-, layers on insulating layers; After-treatment of these layers
- H01L21/321—After treatment
- H01L21/32115—Planarisation
- H01L21/3212—Planarisation by chemical mechanical polishing [CMP]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
- H01L21/67155—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations
- H01L21/67207—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations comprising a chamber adapted to a particular process
- H01L21/67219—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations comprising a chamber adapted to a particular process comprising at least one polishing chamber
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76802—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics
- H01L21/76807—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics for dual damascene structures
- H01L21/76808—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics for dual damascene structures involving intermediate temporary filling with material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76802—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics
- H01L21/76814—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics post-treatment or after-treatment, e.g. cleaning or removal of oxides on underlying conductors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76822—Modification of the material of dielectric layers, e.g. grading, after-treatment to improve the stability of the layers, to increase their density etc.
- H01L21/76826—Modification of the material of dielectric layers, e.g. grading, after-treatment to improve the stability of the layers, to increase their density etc. by contacting the layer with gases, liquids or plasmas
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76829—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing characterised by the formation of thin functional dielectric layers, e.g. dielectric etch-stop, barrier, capping or liner layers
- H01L21/76831—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing characterised by the formation of thin functional dielectric layers, e.g. dielectric etch-stop, barrier, capping or liner layers in via holes or trenches, e.g. non-conductive sidewall liners
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76829—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing characterised by the formation of thin functional dielectric layers, e.g. dielectric etch-stop, barrier, capping or liner layers
- H01L21/76834—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing characterised by the formation of thin functional dielectric layers, e.g. dielectric etch-stop, barrier, capping or liner layers formation of thin insulating films on the sidewalls or on top of conductors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/7684—Smoothing; Planarisation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76849—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric the layer being positioned on top of the main fill metal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76867—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by methods of formation other than PVD, CVD or deposition from a liquids
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
- H01L21/76883—Post-treatment or after-treatment of the conductive material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76886—Modifying permanently or temporarily the pattern or the conductivity of conductive members, e.g. formation of alloys, reduction of contact resistances
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
- H01L23/53204—Conductive materials
- H01L23/53209—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides
- H01L23/53228—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides the principal metal being copper
- H01L23/53238—Additional layers associated with copper layers, e.g. adhesion, barrier, cladding layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
- H01L2924/0002—Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
Definitions
- This invention relates to a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device, to a semiconductor integrated circuit device technique; and, in particular, to a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising an embedded interconnection having copper as the main conducting layer, and an effective technique applied to a semiconductor integrated circuit device.
- a conducting film such as, for example, aluminum or tungsten, is deposited over an insulating film and is patterned by ordinary photolithography and dry etching.
- This Damascene method may be broadly distinguished into two types, i.e., the Single Damascene method and the Dual Damascene method.
- a main conducting layer for forming interconnections is deposited over this insulating film and in the interconnection slot, and an embedded interconnection in the interconnection slot is formed by polishing this main conducting layer by, for example, CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing), so that it is left only in the interconnection slot.
- CMP Chemical Mechanical Polishing
- a main conducting layer for forming interconnections is deposited over this insulating film and in the interconnection slot and connecting hole, and an embedded interconnection in the interconnection slot and the connecting hole is formed by polishing this main conducting layer by, for example, CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing), so that it is left only in the interconnection slot and connecting hole.
- CMP Chemical Mechanical Polishing
- a material such as copper or the like is used as the material of the main conducting layer of the interconnections from the viewpoint of improving the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device.
- Copper has the advantage that, compared to aluminum, its resistance is lower and its permitted current for reliability is more than two orders of magnitude higher. Hence, the film can be made thinner to obtain the same interconnection resistance, and the capacitance between adjacent interconnections can be reduced.
- a technique is disclosed wherein, after forming the interconnection slot and connecting hole in the insulating film, a copper film is formed by sputtering using a target having a purity of 99.999 wt % (5N) or higher.
- a titanium nitride/titanium film is formed as a barrier layer over the surface of the interconnection slot and connecting hole.
- the cross-sectional surface area of the high resistance conducting barrier film become larger relative to the interconnection cross-sectional surface area, and the resistance of the embedded interconnection is increases. As a result, there is a limit to performance improvement of the semiconductor integrated circuit device even though copper is used to enhance performance.
- the barrier film is simply made thinner without performing any special treatment or is eliminated, the interconnection resistance can be reduced, but diffusion of copper occurs and the insulation breakdown resistance between mutually adjacent embedded interconnections falls considerably. As a result, a high reliability semiconductor integrated circuit device cannot be provided. Also, as the yield of the semiconductor integrated circuit device falls, the cost of the semiconductor integrated circuit device increases.
- This invention comprises an embedded interconnection having copper as a main component embedded in a depression formed in an insulating film via a conducting barrier film, and a cap insulating film formed so as to cover the upper surface of the insulating film and embedded interconnection layer, the concentration of components other than copper in the embedded interconnection not exceeding 0.8 At. % in the finished semiconductor chip.
- the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film is less than 10 nm.
- the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film is not more than 2 nm.
- the conducting barrier film in the aforesaid depression does not exist.
- an embedded metal interconnection layer is in direct contact in the aforesaid depression.
- This invention comprises a method including a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the interior of the depression, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the interior of the depression, and a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the interior of the depression by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- the aforesaid metal film is formed by a sputtering technique using a target including copper of at least 99.999% purity.
- This method of the present invention comprises a step wherein, after removing the aforesaid metal film by chemical mechanical polishing to form the embedded interconnection, the upper surface of the insulating film and indebted interconnection layer is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties, and a step wherein a cap insulating film is formed over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer after plasma treatment.
- the gas atmosphere having reducing properties has hydrogen as its main component.
- the gas atmosphere having reducing properties also has a nitriding action.
- the gas atmosphere having reducing provinces contains ammonia as its main component.
- the step of forming the embedded metal interconnection layer by removing the metal film is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing.
- the concentration of components apart from copper does not exceed 0.02 At. %.
- the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film in the side wall of the aforesaid depression is less than 10 nm.
- the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film in the side wall of the aforesaid depression is not more than 2 nm.
- This method further comprises a step wherein, after forming the aforesaid depression, and prior to the step of depositing the conducting barrier film, the semiconductor substrate is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties.
- the method of this invention comprises a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the insulating film including the interior of the depression without the intervention of a conducting barrier film, and a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer in the interior of the depression without the intervention of a conducting barrier film by removing the metal film, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- the method of this invention comprises a Damascene interconnection forming step, comprising a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the interior of the depression, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the interior of the depression, a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the interior of the depression by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, and a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- the method of this invention comprises a Dual Damascene interconnection forming step, comprising a step of forming an embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, and a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- the method of this invention comprises a step wherein, after forming the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties prior to a step of depositing the conducting barrier film.
- the method of this invention comprises a step wherein, after a step of forming the embedded interconnection layer by removing the metal film by chemical mechanical polishing, the upper surface of the insulating film and embedded interconnection layer is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties prior to the step of forming the cap insulating film.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a method of forming a semiconductor integrated circuit device which represents a first embodiment (Embodiment 1) of this invention.
- FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 6( a ) is a plan view and FIG. 6( b ) is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 7( a ) is a plan view and FIG. 7( b ) is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication method of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing part of the construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection.
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a wafer scrub and rinse method.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing yet another example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection.
- FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the essential part of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 15( a ) is a cross-sectional view showing an outline of a plasma treatment apparatus used for ammonia plasma treatment and silicon nitride film deposition; and, FIG. 15( b ) is a plan view of the same.
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 18 is a flow diagram showing a method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 19 is a sectional view showing the essential features of the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 20 is a graph showing TDDB life.
- FIG. 21 is a graph showing TDDB life.
- FIGS. 22( a ) to 22 ( d ) are graphs showing XPS data.
- FIGS. 23( a ) to 23 ( d ) are graphs showing XPS data.
- FIGS. 24( a ) to 24 ( d ) are graphs showing XPS data.
- FIGS. 25( a ) to 25 ( e ) are graphs showing XPS data
- FIG. 25( f ) is a table showing composition ratios.
- FIGS. 26( a ) to 26 ( d ) are graphs showing mass analysis results.
- FIGS. 27( a ) to 27 ( d ) are graphs showing mass analysis results.
- FIG. 28 is a graph showing interconnection resistance.
- FIG. 29 is a chart showing sectional diagram which trace in part (a) a TEM photograph showing an interconnection part in the case of no treatment, and which trace in part (b) a TEM photograph showing the interconnection part of Embodiment 1.
- FIG. 30 is a chart showing sectional diagrams which trace TEM photographs for comparison purposes.
- FIGS. 31( a ) and 31 ( b ) are diagrams showing the mechanism of TDDB deterioration.
- FIGS. 32( a ) and 32 ( b ) are diagrams showing the mechanism of TDDB enhancement.
- FIG. 33 is a graph showing TDDB life.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to Embodiment 2 of this invention.
- FIG. 35 is a side view showing part of a CMP apparatus used for forming an embedded Cu interconnection.
- FIG. 36 is a side view of a CMP apparatus showing the polishing state of a Cu film.
- FIG. 37 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2.
- FIG. 38( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2
- FIG. 38( b ) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof.
- FIG. 39 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2.
- FIG. 40( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2
- FIG. 40( b ) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof.
- FIG. 41 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2.
- FIG. 42( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2
- FIG. 42( b ) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof.
- FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 2.
- FIG. 44 is a graph showing TDDB life.
- FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 3.
- FIG. 46 is a graph showing TDDB life.
- FIG. 47 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 4.
- FIG. 48( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 4, and FIG. 48( b ) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof.
- FIG. 49 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device of Embodiment 4.
- FIG. 50 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 51 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 52( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment
- FIG. 52( b ) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof.
- FIG. 53 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 54 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 55 is a graph showing data which illustrates measure of the TDDB characteristics of a copper interconnection, an aluminum interconnection and a tungsten interconnection.
- FIG. 56 is a graph showing the amount of silicon contained in the copper interconnection when each process is performed.
- FIG. 57 is a graph showing conductive barrier film thickness dependence in the resistance of an embedded copper interconnection.
- FIG. 58 is a graph showing the conductive barrier film thickness dependence of TDDB characteristics.
- FIG. 59 is a graph showing TDDB characteristics after annealing in the case when there is no conductive barrier film, and the case of less than 10 nm thickness.
- FIGS. 60( a ) and 60 ( b ) are sectional views of the essential parts of a copper embedded interconnection layer of a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 61( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention
- FIG. 61( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 61( a ).
- FIG. 62( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following FIG. 61
- FIG. 62( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 62( a ).
- FIG. 63( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following FIG. 62
- FIG. 63( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 63( a ).
- FIG. 64( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following FIG. 63
- FIG. 64( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 64( a ).
- FIG. 65( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following FIG. 64
- FIG. 65( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 65( a ).
- FIG. 66( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention
- FIG. 66( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 66( a ).
- FIG. 67( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 66
- FIG. 67( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 6( a ).
- FIG. 68( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 67
- FIG. 68( b ) is a sectional view along line a line A-A in FIG. 68( a ).
- FIG. 69( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 68
- FIG. 69( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 69( a ).
- FIG. 70( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 69
- FIG. 70( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 70( a ).
- FIG. 71( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 70
- FIG. 71( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 71( a ).
- FIG. 72( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 71
- FIG. 72( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 72( a ).
- FIG. 73( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 72
- FIG. 73( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 73( a ).
- FIG. 74( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 73
- FIG. 74( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 74( a ).
- FIG. 75( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 74
- FIG. 75( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 75( a ).
- FIG. 76( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 75
- FIG. 76( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 76( a ).
- FIG. 77( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 76
- FIG. 77( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 77( a ).
- FIG. 78( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention
- FIG. 78( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 78( a ).
- FIG. 79( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 78
- FIG. 79( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 79( a ).
- FIGS. 80( a ) and 80 ( b ) are sectional views of the essential parts of a copper embedded interconnection layer of a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to yet another embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 81( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention
- FIG. 81( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 81( a ).
- FIG. 82( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 81
- FIG. 82( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 82( a ).
- FIG. 83( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 82
- FIG. 83( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 83( a ).
- FIG. 84( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step in FIG. 83
- FIG. 84( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 84( a ).
- FIGS. 85( a ) to 85 ( c ) are diagrams which show samples used for TDDB life measurement, in which FIG. 85( a ) is a plan view, and FIG. 85( b ) and FIG. 85( c ) are cross-sectional diagrams respectively showing a section taken along line B-B′ and a section taken along line C-C′ in FIG. 85( a ).
- FIG. 86 is a diagram showing the essential features of the measurement.
- FIG. 87 is a graph of current-voltage measurement results.
- FIG. 88 is a diagram showing the coverage in an interconnection slot or connecting hole of a conductive barrier film.
- TDDB (Time Dependence on Dielectric Breakdown) life means a time calculated by applying a comparatively high voltage between electrodes under measurement conditions at a predetermined temperature (for example, 140° C.), plotting a graph of the time from applying the voltage to insulation breakdown relative to the applied electric field, and extrapolating to the actual field intensity used (for example, 0.2 MVP/cm).
- FIG. 85( a ) shows a sample used for the TDDB life measurement.
- FIG. 85( a ) is a plan view
- FIG. 85( b ) and FIG. 85( c ) respectively show a section taken along line B-B′ and a section taken along line C-C′ in FIG. 85( a ).
- This sample can be formed in the TEE (Test Equipment Group) region of a semiconductor wafer.
- a pair of comb-shaped interconnections L are formed in a second interconnection layer M 2 , as shown in the diagram, and the interconnections L are respectively connected to pads P 1 , P 2 of an uppermost layer. An electric field is applied between these comb-shaped interconnections L, and the electric current is measured.
- the pads P 1 , P 2 are measurement terminals.
- FIG. 86 is a conceptual diagram showing the essential features of the measurement.
- the sample is held on a measurement stage S, and a current-voltage measuring instrument (I/V meter) is connected between the pads P 1 , P 2 .
- the sample stage S is heated by a heater H, and the sample temperature is adjusted to 140° C.
- FIG. 87 is a graph showing an example of current-voltage measurement results. The case using a 140° C. sample temperature and a field intensity of 5 MVP/cm was taken as an example.
- the constant voltage stress method or the low current stress method may be used for the TDDB life measurement, but in this application, the constant voltage stress method wherein the average electric field applied to an insulating film is fixed, is used. After applying the voltage, the current density decreases with time, and a rapid increase in current (insulation breakdown) is observed thereafter. Here, the time when the leakage current density reached 1 ⁇ A/cm 2 was taken as the TDDB life (TDDB life at 5 MVP/cm).
- TDDB life means the breakdown time (life) at 0.2 MVP/cm unless otherwise specified
- TDDB life may be used in a wider sense as the time until breakdown if a predetermined field intensity is specified.
- TDDB life refers to the case where the sample temperature is 140° C. Further, TDDB life refers to measurements performed on the above-mentioned comb-shaped interconnection L, but it will be understood to reflect the breakdown life between actual interconnections.
- Plasma treatment refers to a process wherein, when a member, such as an insulating film and a metal film, are formed over a substrate surface or over a substrate in a plasma state, the surface of the member is exposed, and the surface is subjected to the chemical and mechanical (bombardment) action of the plasma.
- a member such as an insulating film and a metal film
- plasma is usually generated by filling a reaction chamber, in which the atmosphere has been replaced by a specific gas (treatment gas), with more treatment gas, and ionizing the gas by the action of a high frequency field etc.
- treatment gas a specific gas
- the gas in the chamber cannot be completely replaced by the treatment gas. Therefore, in this application, although reference is made to an ammonia plasma, for example, a perfect ammonia plasma is not meant, and the possible presence of impurity gases (nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, steam, etc.) in the plasma cannot be discarded. Likewise, this does not exclude the possibility that other diluting gases and added gases are contained in the plasma.
- a plasma of a reducing atmosphere means a plasma environment wherein reactive species, such as radicals, ions, atoms and molecules which have a reducing action, i.e., an action which withdraws oxygen, exist dominantly, atomic or molecular radicals or ions being included in said radicals and ions.
- reactive species such as radicals, ions, atoms and molecules which have a reducing action, i.e., an action which withdraws oxygen, exist dominantly, atomic or molecular radicals or ions being included in said radicals and ions.
- CMP Chemical mechanical polishing usually means a process where a surface to be polished is brought in contact with a polishing pad comprising a sheet of relatively soft cloth, etc., and polishing is performed by making a relative movement in the direction of the surface while a slurry is supplied.
- This application shall also be understood to refer to a CML (Chemical Mechanical Lapping) where the surface to be polished is moved relative to a hard abrasive stone, the use of other fixed abrasive particles, and abrasive particle-free CMP which does not use abrasive particles.
- Abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing usually means chemical mechanical polishing with a slurry having a weight concentration of abrasive particles of 0.5% or less, and abrasive particle polishing means chemical mechanical polishing using a slurry having a higher concentration of abrasive particles than a weight concentration of 0.5%.
- the polishing of the first step is an abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing and the polishing of the following second step is an abrasive particle polishing, or the polishing concentration of the first step is smaller than the polishing concentration of the second step by one or more orders of magnitude, and preferably two or more orders of magnitude, the polishing of the first step may be referred to as abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing.
- abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing when using the term abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, it shall be understood to include not only the case where the whole planarizing process of the target metal film is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, but also the case where the main process is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing and the secondary process is performed by abrasive particle polishing.
- Polishing liquid generally means a suspension in which polishing abrasive particles are mixed with chemical etching reagents, and in the context of this application, due to the nature of the Invention, it shall be understood to include the case where polishing abrasive particles are not mixed with the reagents.
- abrasive particles means a powder such as is usually included in a slurry (alumina, silica).
- Anticorrosives mean reagents which prevent or suppress polishing by CMP, by forming a protective film which has the property of corrosion resistance or hydrophobicity, or both, on the surface of a metal, benzotriazole (BTA) or the like usually being employed for this purpose (see Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 8 (1996)-64594.
- Conductive barrier film is an electrically conducting film having a diffusion barrier property formed in the side face or the bottom surface of an embedded interconnection comparatively thinly in order to prevent copper from diffusing into an interlayer insulating film, or a lower layer, and in general, high melting point metals or their nitrides, such as titanium nitride (TiN), tantalum (Ta) and tantalum nitride (TaN), are used.
- TiN titanium nitride
- Ta tantalum
- TaN tantalum nitride
- An embedded interconnection or an embedded metal-interconnection generally means an interconnection which is patterned by an interconnection forming technique wherein a conducting film is embedded in slot formed in an insulating film, and unnecessary conducting film on the insulating film is removed, such as Single Damascene or Dual Damascene.
- Single Damascene is generally an embedded interconnection process wherein a plug metal and an interconnection metal are embedded in two stages.
- Dual Damascene is generally an embedded interconnection process wherein the plug metal and interconnection metal are embedded in one operation.
- copper embedded interconnections are often used in multilayer compositions.
- the selection ratio in all cases is 5 or more.
- the selection ratio of A to B (or B with respect to A) is X, it means that, taking the polishing rate as an example, the polishing rate of A, calculated based on the polishing rate of B, is X.
- the expression semiconductor integrated circuit device in this application refers not only to devices formed on single crystal silicon substrates, but also those formed on other substrates such, as a Silicon On Insulator substrate or a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal substrate, except when otherwise specified.
- wafer means a single crystal silicon substrate (in general, substantially disk-shaped), SOS substrate, glass substrate, other insulating, half-insulating or semiconductor substrates, or compounds of same, used in the fabrication of semiconductor integrated circuit devices.
- semiconductor integrated circuit wafer semiconductor integrated circuit substrate
- semiconductor wafer semiconductor wafer
- semiconductor wafer semiconductor substrate
- semiconductor wafer semiconductor substrate
- silicon or other single crystal substrates in general, substantially disk-shaped
- sapphire substrate glass substrate
- glass substrate other insulating, semi-insulating or semiconductor substrates, or compound-type substrates, used in the fabrication of semiconductor integrated circuit devices.
- part or all of the substrate surface, or part or all of the gate electrode may be formed of other semiconductors, for example, SiGe.
- a semiconductor integrated circuit chip semiconductor integrated circuit substrate or a semiconductor chip (semiconductor substrate) means a semiconductor wafer finished in a wafer step divided into groups of individual circuits.
- silicon nitride or a silicon nitride film, includes not only S′3N, but also insulating films which are silicon nitrides of similar composition.
- a cap film is an insulating film having high insulating properties and high diffusion barrier properties formed in addition to an electrical connecting part of the information of an embedded interconnection, and is generally formed of a material different from the main part of the interlayer insulating film, for example, a silicon nitride film.
- wafer process is also known as a preliminary process, and is a process wherein, starting from a mirror wafer, a device and an interconnection forming step is performed, a surface protecting film is formed, and electrical tests are then performed by a probe.
- FIG. 88 schematically shows the upper surface of an insulating film 60 , and a state where a barrier film 62 is deposited by sputtering in an interconnection slot 61 formed in the insulating film 60 .
- the deposited film thickness of the barrier film generally refers to a film thickness D 1 of the barrier film 62 on the upper surface of the insulating film 60 .
- Side coverage means the amount of covering of the barrier film 62 in a side wall part in the interconnection slot 61 (including the angle part in the intersection of the side and bottom), and the film thickness D 2 in this part is the thinnest.
- Bottom coverage means the amount of covering of the barrier film 62 on the bottom surface in the interconnection slot 61 , and the film thickness D 3 in this part is the next thickest after the aforesaid deposited film thickness.
- the deposited film thickness of the barrier film was 100 nm
- the side coverage was about 30 nm
- the bottom coverage was about 50 nm.
- the deposited film thickness of the barrier film was 100 nm
- the side coverage was about 20 nm
- the bottom coverage was about 90 nm.
- Long throw sputtering means a sputtering method in which there is an improvement in bottom coverage, wherein the distance between target and substrate is increased, and stable discharge at a low voltage is performed in order to make only the perpendicular component of the sputtering particles reach the substrate.
- Collimate sputtering is a technique having a mechanism wherein, when a film is formed in a depression such as an interconnection slot or connecting hole having a large aspect ratio, in order to obtain sufficient film thickness up to the base, a lattice plate is intercalated between the target and substrate to forcibly increase the perpendicular component.
- MIS Metal Insulator Field Effect Transistor which is representative of field effect transistors
- PMIS p channel MISFET
- NMIS n channel MISFET
- a silicon oxide film 3 is deposited by the CVD method over the substrate 1 including the interior of the slot.
- the surface of the silicon oxide film 3 overlying the slot is then planarized by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP). This forms a slot type isolation part 2 A (trench isolation).
- a gate insulation film 6 of about 6 nm film thickness is formed over the surface of the p type well 4 and n type well 5 by steam oxidation of the substrate 1 .
- the film thickness of the gate insulation film 6 here is a silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness, and it may not be in agreement with the actual film thickness.
- the gate insulation film 6 may comprise a silicon oxide/nitride film instead of a silicon oxide film.
- a silicon oxide/nitride film is more effective than a silicon oxide film in suppressing the generation of interface levels in the film, or reducing electron traps, so a silicon oxide/nitride film can improve the hot carrier resistance of the gate insulation film 6 , and can improve its dielectric strength.
- To form a silicon oxide/nitride film it is sufficient, for example, to heat the substrate 1 in a nitrogen-containing gas atmosphere, such as NO, NO 2 or NH 3 .
- the same effect is achieved by forming the gate insulation film 6 including silicon oxide in the surface of each of the p type well 4 and n type well 5 , heat-treating the substrate 1 in the aforesaid nitrogen-containing gas atmospheres, and segregating nitrogen at the interface of the gate insulation film 6 and substrate 1 .
- the gate insulation film 6 may also be formed of, for example, a silicon nitride film, or a compound film comprising a silicon oxide film and a silicon nitride film. If the gate insulation film 6 comprising silicon oxide is made less than 5 nm, and, more particularly, less than 3 nm in terms of silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness, the decrease of insulation breakdown voltage is remarkable due to generation of a direct tunnel current or hot carriers due to stress. Since the dielectric constant of the silicon nitride film is higher than that of a silicon oxide film, its silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness is thinner than its real film thickness.
- the gate insulation film 6 from a single silicon nitride film or a compound film of this and silicon oxide, the effective film thickness can be made thicker than that of a gate insulation film 6 comprising a silicon oxide film, so a decrease of the insulation breakdown voltage due to generation of tunnel leakage current or hot carriers can be suppressed.
- the gate insulation film 6 from a silicon oxide/nitride film, the fluctuation of threshold voltage resulting from diffusion of impurities of the gate electrode material into the semiconductor substrate can be suppressed.
- the silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness (hereafter, referred to also as equivalent film thickness) of a single insulating film or a compound insulation film dr is a film thickness defined by the following equation.
- the dielectric constants of silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) and silicon nitride (Si 3 N 4 ) are respectively 4-4.2 and 8. Then, if the dielectric constant of silicon nitride is calculated as twice the dielectric constant of silicon oxide, the silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness of a silicon nitride film of 6 nm film thickness, for example, will be 3 nm. That is, a gate insulation film comprising a silicon nitride film of 6 nm film thickness, and a gate insulation film comprising a silicon oxide film of 3 nm film thickness, have equal capacitance.
- a gate electrode 7 comprising a low resistance polycrystalline silicon film, WN (tungsten nitride) film, and W (tungsten) film is formed over the upper part of the gate insulation film 6 .
- the polycrystalline silicon film can be formed by CVD, and the WN film and W film can be formed by sputtering.
- the gate electrode 7 is formed by the patterning of these deposited films.
- the gate electrode 7 may be formed using a deposited film wherein a W silicide film or cobalt (Co) silicide film is deposited over a low resistance polycrystalline silicon film.
- the material of the gate electrode 7 may also be an alloy of polycrystalline or single crystal silicon (Si) and germanium (Ge).
- a n ⁇ semiconductor region 11 of low impurity concentration is formed in the p type well 4
- a p ⁇ semiconductor region 12 of low impurity concentration is formed in the n type well 5 by ion implantation.
- a silicon nitride film is deposited by CVD for example, and a side wall spacer 13 is formed in the side wall of the gate electrode 7 by anisotropic etching.
- a n + semiconductor region 14 (source, drain) of high impurity concentration is formed in the p type well 4
- a p + semiconductor region 15 (source, drain) of high impurity concentration is formed in the n well 5 by ion implantation.
- the n type impurity is typically phosphorus or arsenic, and the p type impurity is typically boron.
- n + semiconductor region 14 source, drain
- p + semiconductor region 15 source, drain
- salicide method which removes unreacted metal film after heat treatment.
- a silicon oxide film 18 is deposited over the substrate 1 by CVD, and by dry etching the silicon oxide film 18 using a photoresist film as a mask, a contact hole 20 is formed over the n + semiconductor region 14 (source, drain), and a contact hole 21 is formed over the p + semiconductor region 15 (source, drain).
- a contact hole 22 is formed also over the gate electrode 7 at this time.
- the silicon oxide film 18 comprises a film with high reflow properties which can be embedded in the narrow space between the gate electrodes 7 , 7 , for example, a BPSG (Boron-doped Phospho Silicate Glass) film.
- BPSG Bipolar-doped Phospho Silicate Glass
- SOG Spin On Glass
- a plug 23 is formed inside the contact holes 20 , 21 and 22 .
- a TiN film and a W film are deposited by CVD over the upper part of the silicon oxide film 18 including the inside of the contact holes 20 , 21 and 22 .
- Unnecessary TiN film and unnecessary W film over the upper part of the silicon oxide film 18 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) or the etch back method, leaving these films only on the insides of the contact holes 20 , 21 and 22 .
- W interconnections 24 to 30 which form a first interconnection layer are formed over the silicon oxide film 18 .
- a W film is for example deposited over the upper part of the silicon oxide film 18 by sputtering, and the W film is dry etched using a photoresist film as a mask.
- the first layer of W interconnections 24 to 30 are electrically connected with the source and drain of the n channel MISFETQn (n + semiconductor region), source and drain of the p channel MISFETQp (p + semiconductor region), or the gate electrode 7 through the contact holes 20 , 21 and 22 .
- FIGS. 6( a ) and 6 ( b ) after depositing the silicon oxide film 31 over the first layer of W interconnections 24 to 30 , and forming through holes 32 to 36 in the silicon oxide film 31 by dry etching using a photoresist film as a mask, a plug 37 is formed in the through holes 32 to 36 .
- FIG. 6( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of the main surface of the semiconductor substrate
- FIG. 6( b ) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A in FIG. 6( a ).
- the silicon oxide film 31 is deposited by plasma CVD using for example ozone (or oxygen) and tetraethoxysilane (TEOS) as the source gas.
- the plug 37 may also comprise a W film, and is formed by the same method as used for the aforesaid plug 23 formed inside the contact holes 20 , 21 and 22 .
- FIGS. 7( a ) and 7 ( b ) a thin silicon-nitride film 38 of 50 nm film thickness is deposited by plasma CVD over the upper part of the silicon oxide film 31 , and a silicon oxide film 39 of about 450 nm film thickness is then deposited by plasma CVD over the upper part of the silicon nitride film 38 . Subsequently, the silicon oxide film 39 and silicon nitride film 38 overlying the through holes 32 to 36 are removed by dry etching using a photoresist film as a mask so as to form interconnection slots 40 to 44 .
- FIG. 7( a ) is a plan view of the essential parts of the main surface of the semiconductor substrate
- FIG. 7( b ) is a sectional view taken along line A-A in FIG. 7( a ).
- the silicon oxide film 39 is first selectively etched using the silicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper, and then the silicon nitride film 38 is etched.
- the silicon oxide film 39 is first selectively etched using the silicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper, and then the silicon nitride film 38 is etched.
- the embedded Cu interconnection which is the second interconnection layer, is formed by the following method inside the interconnection slots 40 to 44 .
- a Cu film 46 of a film thickness sufficiently larger than the depth of the interconnection slots 40 to 44 (for example, about 800 nm) is deposited over the upper part of the TiN film 45 by sputtering.
- the usual sputtering methods may be used, and highly directional sputtering methods, such as long throw sputtering and collimate sputtering, may also be used.
- the Cu film 46 was formed by sputtering and then embedded by reflow, but instead a thin Cu film may be formed by sputtering, and a Cu film of high purity corresponding to the Cu film 46 subsequently formed by plating.
- a non-oxidizing atmosphere for example, a hydrogen atmosphere
- the TiN film 45 has the function of preventing diffusion of Cu.
- the TiN film 45 also has the function of improving the adhesive properties of the Cu film 46 and silicon oxide film 39 .
- the TiN film 45 further has the function of increasing the wettability of the Cu film 46 at the time of reflow of the Cu film 46 .
- high melting point metal nitrides which hardly react with Cu, such as WN, and TaN (tantalum nitride), instead of TiN as the film having such functions.
- materials wherein Si is added to high melting point metal nitrides or high melting point metals such as Ta, Ti, W or TiW alloy which cannot react easily with Cu, can also be used instead of TiN.
- the Cu film 46 and TiN film 45 are polished by the above CMP method.
- An example of the overall construction of the CMP apparatus used for this polishing step is shown in FIG. 9 .
- This CMP apparatus 100 is a single wafer treatment CMP apparatus used for polishing the Cu film 46 . It comprises a loader 120 , which accommodates plural substrates 1 having the Cu film 46 formed in the surface; a polishing treatment part 130 which polishes and planarizes the Cu film 46 ; an anticorrosion treatment part 140 , which applies anticorrosion treatment to the surface of the substrate 1 that has received polishing treatment; an immersion part 150 , which ensures that the surface does not dry until the substrate 1 , which has received anticorrosion treatment, is subjected to post-washing; a post-washing part 160 , which post-washes the substrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment; and an unloader 170 , which accommodates plural substrates 1 that have been subjected to post-washing.
- the polishing treatment part 130 of the CMP apparatus 100 comprises a frame 101 of which the upper part is open, and a polishing plate (platen) 104 driven by a motor 103 is attached to the upper end of a rotation shaft 102 that is attached to this frame 101 .
- a polishing pad 105 which is formed by uniformly attaching a synthetic resin having plural pores, is attached to the surface of this polishing plate 104 .
- This polishing treatment part 130 is equipped with a wafer carrier 106 for retaining the substrate 1 .
- a drive shaft 107 to which the wafer carrier 106 is attached, is driven by a motor, not shown, together with the wafer carrier 106 , and moves up and down above the polishing plate 104 .
- the substrate 1 is retained in the wafer carrier 106 , with its main surface, i.e., polished surface, facing down, by a vacuum adsorption mechanism, not shown, provided in the wafer carrier 106 .
- a depression 106 a in which the substrate 1 is accommodated, is formed at the lower end of the wafer carrier 106 ; and, when the substrate 1 is accommodated in this depression 106 a , the surface to be polished is almost flush with or slightly protrudes from the underside surface of the wafer carrier 106 .
- the main components of the polishing slurry (S) are abrasive particles, such as alumina, and oxidizing agents, such as hydrogen peroxide water or aqueous ferrous nitrate solution, these being dispersed or dissolved in water.
- the polishing treatment part 130 comprises a dresser 109 , which is a tool for dressing the surface of the polishing pad.
- This dresser is attached to the lower end of a drive shaft 110 which moves up and down above the polishing plate 104 and is driven in rotation by a motor, not shown.
- the surface of the substrate 1 which has received polishing treatment, then receives anticorrosion treatment.
- the anticorrosion treatment part 140 has a construction similar to that of the polishing treatment part 130 .
- a hydrophobic protective film is formed in the surface part of the Cu interconnection formed over the main surface of the substrate 1 by supplying a chemical solution containing an anticorrosion agent, such as benzotriazole (BTA), to the main surface of the substrate 1 .
- BTA benzotriazole
- both sides of the substrate 1 are gripped by cylindrical brushes 121 A, 121 B comprising a porous body of a synthetic resin, such as PVA (polyvinyl alcohol), and both surfaces of the substrate 1 are simultaneously washed while the brushes 121 A, 121 B are rotated in a plane perpendicular to the surface of the substrate 1 .
- a synthetic resin such as PVA (polyvinyl alcohol)
- the oxidizing agent in the polishing slurry which adhered to the main surface of the substrate 1 in the polishing treatment part 130 is completely removed, and the hydrophobic protective film is formed under conditions in which the oxidizing agent has no substantial effect.
- the substrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment is temporarily held by the immersion treatment part 150 in order to prevent dryness of the surface.
- the immersion treatment part 150 is intended to stop the surface of the substrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment from drying until the post-washing stage, and it has a construction in which, for example, a predetermined plural number of the substrates 1 are immersed in an immersion tank (stocker) overflowing with pure water.
- the corrosion of the Cu interconnections 28 to 30 can be further definitively prevented by supplying pure water, cooled to a low temperature at which the electrochemical corrosion reaction of the Cu interconnections 28 to 30 does not proceed to any great extent, to the immersion tank.
- the dryness of the substrate 1 may be prevented by methods other than storage in the above-mentioned immersion tank, such as, for example, a pure water shower, provided that the surface of the substrate 1 can at least be maintained in the wet state.
- the substrate 1 transported to the post-washing treatment part 160 is immediately given a post-washing, where the wet state of the surface is maintained.
- a post-washing where the wet state of the surface is maintained.
- weak alkaline chemical solutions such as a washing liquid containing NH40H
- an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution is supplied to the surface of the substrate 1 to remove foreign matter (particles) by etching.
- the surface of the substrate 1 may be subjected to a pure water scrub wash, pure water ultrasonic cleaning, pure water cleaning with running water or a pure water spin wash, and the undersurface of the substrate 1 subjected to a pure water scrub wash, prior to or at the same time as the aforesaid scrub wash.
- the substrate 1 which has received the post-washing is accommodated in the unloader 170 in the dry state and is transported in plural units to the following step.
- the immersion treatment part (wafer storage part) 150 for preventing surface dryness of the substrate 1 , which has received anticorrosion treatment may be given a shielded structure so that the surface of the substrate 1 under storage can be prevented from being irradiated by lighting, as shown in FIG. 12 . This can prevent generation of short-circuit currents by the photovoltaic effect.
- the immersion treatment part 150 is given a shielded structure, the area around the immersion tank (stocker) is covered with a shield, etc., so that the illuminance inside the immersion tank (stocker) does not exceed 500 lux, preferably does not exceed 300 lux, and more preferably does not exceed 100 lux.
- the substrate 1 may be immediately transported to the drying treatment part, and the moisture in the polishing slurry removed by forced drying.
- a loader 220 which accommodates plural substrates 1 having a Cu film formed over the surface; a polishing treatment part 230 , which polishes and planarizes the Cu film and forms interconnections; a drying treatment part 240 , which dries the surface of the substrate 1 that has received polishing treatment; a post-washing treatment part 250 , which carries out post-washing of the substrate 1 ; and an unloader 260 , which accommodates plural substrates 1 that have received post-washing.
- the substrate 1 subjected to polishing treatment in the polishing treatment part 230 is transported to the drying treatment part 240 immediately after the polishing treatment, i.e., before the electrochemical corrosion reaction due to the oxidizing agent in the polishing slurry remaining on the surface starts, and the moisture in the polishing slurry is removed by forced drying. Then, the substrate 1 is transported to the post-washing treatment part 250 while the dry state is maintained, and after it is given a post-washing treatment, it is accommodated in the unloader 260 after a pure water rinse and spin drying. In this case, since the surface of the substrate 1 is maintained in the dry state immediately, after polishing treatment until post-washing is started, the start of the electrochemical corrosion reaction is suppressed, and corrosion of the Cu interconnections can thus be effectively prevented.
- the Cu film 46 and TiN film 45 over the silicon oxide film 39 are removed, and, as shown in FIG. 14 , Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e are formed in the interconnection slots 40 to 44 .
- FIG. 15( a ) is a sectional view and FIG. 15( b ) is a plan view showing an example of the apparatus used for plasma treatment.
- This plasma treatment is disclosed by Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-226876 submitted by the Inventors.
- two treatment chambers 302 a , 302 b and a cassette interface 303 are attached to a load lock chamber 301 .
- a robot 304 which transports the substrate 1 is provided in the load lock chamber 301 .
- a gate valve 305 is provided between the load lock chamber 301 and treatment chambers 302 a , 302 b , so that the high vacuum state of the load lock chamber 301 can be maintained.
- the insulating plate 310 has an action which suppresses parasitic discharges in unnecessary regions other than between the susceptor 306 and electrode 309 .
- a lamp 312 is installed in a reflective unit 311 , arranged on the rear side of the susceptor 306 , and infrared rays 313 emitted by the lamp 312 pass through a quartz aperture 314 to irradiate the susceptor 306 and substrate 1 . Thereby, the substrate 1 is heated.
- the substrate 1 is installed face up on the susceptor 306 .
- the interior of the treatment chambers 302 a , 302 b can be evacuated to a high vacuum, and treatment gas together with high frequency power is supplied from a gas port 315 .
- the treatment gas is supplied to the vicinity of the substrate 1 via the mesh-shaped electrode 309 .
- the treatment gas is evacuated from a vacuum manifold 316 , and the pressure is controlled by controlling the supply flow rate and discharge rate of treatment gas.
- the high frequency power is applied to the electrode 309 , and it generates a plasma between the susceptor 306 and electrode 309 .
- the high frequency power uses, for example, a frequency of 13.56 MHz.
- the ammonia plasma treatment to be described below is performed, for example.
- a cap film silicon nitride film to be described later is deposited.
- the treatment chamber 302 a and treatment chamber 302 b are connected via the load lock chamber 301 , so the substrate can be transported to the treatment chamber 302 b without vacuum breakdown after ammonia plasma treatment, and ammonia plasma treatment and forming of the cap film may be performed continuously.
- ammonia plasma treatment is performed on the substrate 1 using the aforesaid plasma treatment apparatus.
- the substrate 1 is transported into the load lock chamber 301 by the robot 304 from the cassette interface 303 .
- the load lock chamber 301 is evacuated until the pressure is sufficiently reduced, and the substrate 1 is then transported to the treatment chamber 302 a by the robot 304 .
- the gate valve 305 of the treatment chamber 302 is closed, and after evacuating the treatment chamber 302 a until it is at a sufficient degree of vacuum, ammonia gas is introduced to the treatment chambers 302 a and is maintained at a predetermined pressure by pressure adjustment.
- an electric field is applied to the electrode 309 from the high frequency power supply, and the surface of the substrate 1 is plasma treated.
- the high frequency field is stopped and the plasma is stopped.
- the interior of the treatment chamber 302 a is evacuated, the gate valve 305 is opened and the substrate 1 is transported to the load lock chamber 301 by the robot 304 .
- the load lock chamber 301 is maintained at a high level of vacuum so that the surface of the substrate 1 is not exposed to the atmosphere.
- the inter-electrode distance was 600 mils.
- the plasma treatment conditions are of course not the limited to those shown here.
- silicon nitride films of base layer material may be formed in very thin regions of the surfaces of the copper interconnections 46 a to 46 e and silicon oxide film.
- the adhesion between the cap film (silicon nitride film), which will be described next, the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e and the silicon oxide film 39 can be improved, and TDDB life can be remarkably enhanced.
- the substrate 1 is transported to the treatment chamber 302 b using the robot 304 .
- the gate valve 305 b of the treatment chamber 302 b is closed, and after evacuating the treatment chamber 302 b to a sufficient degree of vacuum, a mixture of silane (SiH 4 ), ammonia and nitrogen is introduced to the treatment chamber 302 b , and the pressure is maintained at a predetermined pressure by performing pressure adjustment.
- a plasma is generated by applying an electric field to the electrode 309 from the high frequency power supply; and, as shown in FIG. 17 , a silicon nitride film 47 (cap film) is deposited over the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e and silicon nitride film 39 .
- the high frequency field is stopped and the plasma is stopped. Subsequently, the interior of the processing chamber 302 b is evacuated, the gate valve 305 is opened and the substrate 1 is transported to the load lock chamber 301 by the robot 304 . The substrate 1 is further discharged into the cassette interface 303 by the robot 304 .
- the film thickness of the silicon nitride film 47 may be 50 nm, for example.
- a silicon oxide film is formed so as to form a plug connecting a third interconnection layer and second interconnection layer (Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e ), the third and subsequent embedded copper interconnections being formed by the same method as described above.
- FIG. 18 shows the overall flow of the process for forming the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e.
- FIG. 19 shows an example of a CMOS-LSI in which interconnections are formed up to a seventh interconnection layer.
- the first interconnection layer (M 1 ) comprises a tungsten film as described above.
- the film thickness of the first interconnection layer and the line pitch (distance between centers of adjacent interconnections) are, for example, of the order of 0.4 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m.
- the second interconnection layer (M 2 ) to the fifth interconnection layer (M 5 ) are fabricated by the above method of forming Cu interconnections.
- the thickness of the TiN film of the second interconnection layer (M 2 ) and third interconnection layer (M 3 ) is, for example, of the order of 0.05 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the Cu film is, for example, of the order of 0.35 ⁇ m
- the line width and line pitch are, for example, of the order of 0.5 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the TiN film of the fourth interconnection layer (M 4 ) and fifth interconnection layer (M 5 ) is, for example, of the order of 0.05 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the Cu film is, for example, of the order of 0.95 ⁇ m
- the line width and line pitch are, for example, of the order of 1.0 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m.
- the sixth interconnection layer (M 6 ) may, for example, have a three layer composition of tungsten film, alumina film and tungsten film.
- the seventh interconnection layer (M 7 ) comprises, for example, an aluminum film.
- a pad electrode is formed on or a bonding wire is connected to a pad of the seventh interconnection layer (M 7 ), but this is not shown in the diagram.
- One reason why the seventh interconnection layer (M 7 ) is comprised of a laminated film of alumina and tungsten, is that this laminated film is used as the uppermost layer of ordinary semiconductor integrated circuit devices not employing a Damascene interconnection structure, and connections to bump electrodes or bonding wires have been found to be reliable from experience.
- the diameter of the through hole connecting the first interconnection layer M 1 and second interconnection layer M 2 may be of the order of 0.45 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m, for example.
- the diameter of the through hole connecting the second interconnection layer M 2 and third interconnection layer M 3 may be of the order of 0.5 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m, for example.
- the diameter of the through hole connecting the third interconnection layer M 3 and fourth interconnection layer M 4 may be of the order of 0.5 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m, for example.
- the diameter of the through hole connecting the fourth interconnection layer M 4 and fifth interconnection layer M 5 may be of the order of 1.0 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m, for example.
- the diameter of the through hole connecting the fifth interconnection layer M 5 and sixth interconnection layer M 6 may be of the order of 0.5 ⁇ m or 0.25 ⁇ m, for example.
- FIG. 20 is a graph showing the TDDB life of a TEG sample formed in the same layer as the second interconnection layer M 2 (Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e ) of this embodiment, the data for this embodiment being shown by a line A.
- TDDB life data (the line Ref) when ammonia plasma treatment is not performed is also shown.
- a life improvement of approximately six orders of magnitude is found compared to the comparison data.
- FIG. 21 shows data (line B) when the silicon oxide film 39 used in this embodiment is replaced by a hard silicon nitride film which has a finer construction. Even when the insulating film is replaced by silicon nitride, if ammonia plasma treatment is not performed, there is no difference whatsoever from the case where a silicon oxide film is used (line Ref). On the other hand, if a silicon nitride film is used as the insulating film and ammonia plasma treatment is performed, TDDB life is improved more than in the present embodiment. However, the amount of this improvement is not large, and it is seen that the performing of ammonia plasma treatment is the determining factor.
- the Inventors performed a surface examination of copper and silicon oxide films to analyze the mechanism whereby TDDB life is improved by ammonium plasma treatment. The results of this analysis will now be described.
- FIG. 22( a )- FIG. 24( d ) are graphs showing the results of an XPS (X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy) of a Cu interconnection surface.
- FIGS. 22( a ), 22 ( c ), 23 ( a ), 23 ( c ), 24 ( a ), and 24 ( c ) show spectral results for Cu2p
- FIGS. 22( b ), 22 ( d ), 23 ( b ), 23 ( d ), 24 ( b ), and 24 ( d ) show the spectral results for N1s.
- FIGS. 22( a ), 22 ( b ) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface in the as-deposited state. Since a peak was observed due to Cu2p and the peak due to N1s is of the same level as background noise, it is seen that nitrogen is not present in the as-deposited Cu film.
- FIGS. 22( c ), 22 ( d ) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface immediately after CMP alone was performed on the Cu film. Here, a N1s peak is observed together with the peak due to Cu2p. As the slurry contains BTA as described above, it may be conjectured that nitrogen in the BTA remaining on the Cu surface is being observed.
- FIGS. 22( a ), 22 ( b ) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface in the as-deposited state. Since a peak was observed due to Cu2p and the peak due to N1s is of the same level as background noise, it is seen that nitrogen is not present in the as-deposited Cu film.
- FIGS. 23( a ), 23 ( b ) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface up to the stage where post-washing is performed after CMP. There is no change in the Cu2p peak, but the N1s peak declines. This is probably due to the removal of BTA by washing.
- FIGS. 23( c ), 23 ( d ) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface which was left for 24 hours in the atmosphere after post-washing. A CuO peak is observed together with the Cu2p peak. No change is however observed in the N1s peak. Thus, leaving the sample in the atmosphere caused oxidation of the Cu surface to produce CuO.
- FIGS. 24( a ), 24 ( b ) The results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface when ammonia plasma treatment was performed on the Cu interconnection oxidized in this way are shown in FIGS. 24( a ), 24 ( b ).
- the peak due to CuO almost disappears.
- the peak due to N1s is clearly visible. This is probably due to the fact the Cu surface was reduced, oxygen was removed and the surface was nitridized.
- the Cu interconnection surface was analyzed when hydrogen annealing at 350° C. was performed on the oxidized Cu interconnection.
- the N1s peak is hardly observed at all, thus only the Cu surface is reduced by hydrogen annealing.
- the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e is reduced and a nitride film is formed by ammonia plasma treatment.
- This nitride film prevents reaction between silane contained in the raw material gas and copper when the silicon nitride film is deposited after ammonia plasma treatment, and it evidently has the effect of suppressing the formation of copper silicide.
- Prevention of silicide formation has the effect of suppressing an increase of the interconnection resistance.
- FIGS. 25( a ) to 25 ( f ) are graphs showing the results of performing an XPS analysis of a silicon oxide film surface.
- FIGS. 26( a ) to 26 ( d ) and FIGS. 27( a ) to ( d ) are graphs showing the result of performing a mass spectrum (TDS-APIMS) analysis of a silicon oxide film.
- the analysis of the silicon oxide film was performed for the State up to washing after CMP (profile C), the State where hydrogen plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile D), the state where ammonia plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile E), and the state where nitrogen plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile F).
- the shift in the high-energy direction of about 1 eV in profile C is due to a charge-up effect.
- FIGS. 25( a ), 25 ( b ) show observed data for Si2p spectra.
- FIG. 25( a ) shows an analysis at a depth of about 10 nm
- FIG. 25( b ) shows an analysis at a depth of about 2 nm.
- FIGS. 25( c ), 25 ( d ), 25 ( e ) show observed data for N1s, O1s, C1s spectra.
- the peak at 105 eV for ammonia plasma treatment (profile E) and nitrogen plasma treatment (profile F) has become an asymmetrical peak broadened towards the low energy side.
- the peak in the asymmetrical part (103.5 eV) is probably due to Si—O—N bonds. It may be conjectured that the surface of the silicon oxide film was nitrided by the ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment. Also, from a comparison of FIG. 25( a ) and FIG. 25( b ), it appears that nitriding is stronger on the surface. The nitriding due to ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment can be confirmed also from FIG. 25( c ).
- FIG. 25( f ) calculates the population ratio of Si peaks and N peaks, and shows an estimated value for the N amount. It would appear that effectively the same amount of nitriding takes place in both ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment.
- FIGS. 26( a ), 26 ( b ), 26 ( c ), 26 ( d ) are graphs which respectively show a measure of mass number 41 (Ar—H), mass number 27 (C2H3), mass number 57 (C4H9) and mass number 59 (C3H7O)
- FIGS. 27( a ), 27 ( b ), 27 ( c ), 27 ( d ) are graphs which respectively show a measure of mass number 28 (Si, C2H4), mass number 44 (SiO, C3H6), mass number 29 (SiH, C2H5) and mass number 31 (SiH3).
- the surface of the silicon oxide film which originally comprises a large number of Si—OH bonds undergoes a condensation reaction with ammonia which is the raw material gas of the silicon nitride film, and a large number of Si—O bonds leading to dangling bonds appear to be formed. If large numbers of such dangling bonds are present at the interface between the silicon oxide film and the silicon nitride film, they will form a leakage path, giving rise to a leakage current between the interconnections and causing insulation breakdown.
- the Inventors took TEM photographs of the interface between the interconnection layer and silicon nitride film (cap film) when ammonia plasma treatment was performed and when it was not. As a result, in the case of this embodiment where ammonia plasma treatment was performed, a thin coating was found to be present at the interface. This film and coating evidently comprise the aforesaid silicon nitride layer. On the other hand, when ammonia plasma treatment was not performed, this coating was not observed.
- FIG. 28 shows the measurement results of interconnection resistance when various types of treatment were performed. In the case of no treatment (no plasma treatment) or when ammonia plasma treatment was performed, a significantly lower value was found compared to other cases (hydrogen plasma treatment, hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment).
- FIG. 29 and FIG. 30 show trace outlines of TEM photographs of the interface between the Cu interconnection and the cap film (silicon nitride film) when these treatments were carried out.
- FIG. 31( a ) shows a schematic view of the mechanism of TDDB deterioration
- FIG. 31( b ) shows the energy band involved.
- copper oxide (CuO) is formed on the surface of the Cu interconnection which influences subsequent surface processes
- copper silicide a copper compound
- This copper oxide or copper suicide is more easily ionized than pure copper, and the ionized copper drifts due to the field between interconnections so as to diffuse into the insulating film between interconnections.
- FIGS. 32( a ), 32 ( b ) show a schematic view of the mechanism for improving TDDB life and the energy bands involved when the aforesaid ammonia plasma treatment is performed.
- ammonia plasma treatment is applied to the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e , the oxide layer on the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e is reduced and removed, and a thin nitride film is formed over the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e .
- copper silicide is not formed when the silicon nitride film 47 is formed.
- the substances which mainly supply the copper ions leading to leakage and insulation breakdown are eliminated.
- the connection with the silicon nitride film 47 becomes continuous, the density of dangling bonds is reduced and leakage path formation is suppressed.
- the surface of the silicon oxide film 39 can also be kept clean. Therefore, in this embodiment, the generation of copper ions which lead to a reduction of TDDB life is suppressed, and a joining interface is formed between the silicon oxide film 39 and silicon nitride film 47 which can suppress diffusion of copper. In this way, TDDB life can be enhanced.
- TDDB life can probably be improved even by hydrogen plasma treatment.
- the Cu surface is reduced, and dangling bonds, such as Si—O or Si—OH, which are their precursors, are terminated by Si—H.
- Si—H which is a weak bond on the surface, breaks up and is replaced by Si—N. In this way, a continuous interface is formed between the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film, although the interconnection resistance increases as noted above.
- FIG. 33 is a graph showing TDDB life data when hydrogen plasma treatment is performed.
- the line Ref (no treatment) and the line A (ammonia plasma treatment) are also shown.
- line C hydrogen plasma treatment
- TDDB life is vastly improved.
- nitrogen plasma treatment line D
- TDDB life declines on the other hand.
- FIGS. 26( a ) to 26 ( d ) and FIGS. 27( a ) to 27 ( d ) this is probably due to increased adhesion of organic substances caused by the nitrogen plasma treatment.
- adhesion properties between the Cu interconnections 46 a - 46 , silicon oxide film 39 and cap film 47 are improved, so the peeling strength at the interface increases, and the margin becomes larger.
- the invention is not limited to single gases, such as ammonia and hydrogen, and treatment may be performed using mixed gas plasmas with inert gases, such as nitrogen, argon and helium. More specifically, gas mixtures of ammonia with hydrogen, nitrogen, argon or helium, or gas mixtures of hydrogen with ammonia, nitrogen, argon or helium may be used. Further, gas mixtures of multi-element systems may also be used comprising three or four elements selected from these gases. In this case, the amount of hydrogen or ammonia, or the sum of hydrogen and ammonia, must be at least 5% relative to the total flow rate (mass flow rate).
- a method of fabricating a CMOS-LSI according to a second embodiment of this invention will now be described with reference to a process sequence shown FIG. 34 to FIG. 43 .
- the initial steps of the method of fabrication according to this second embodiment are identical to the steps shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 of Embodiment 1.
- the steps of the method are the same up to the Cu film deposition step. For this reason, only the processes following the CMP step will be described in detail.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic view showing the overall construction of a CMP apparatus using an embedded Cu interconnection.
- the CMP apparatus 400 comprises a polishing treatment part 401 and a post-washing part 402 provided in a later stage.
- Two platens (first platen 403 A, second platen 403 B) which perform polishing treatment of the wafer (substrate) 1 , a clean station 404 which performs preliminary washing of the substrate 1 when the polishing step is completed and gives anticorrosion treatment to the surface, and a rotating arm 405 which displaces the substrate 1 between the loader 406 , first platen 403 A, second platen 403 B, clean station 404 and unloader 407 , are provided in the polishing treatment part 401 .
- the post-washing part 402 which scrub-washes the surface of the substrate 1 for which preliminary washing has been completed.
- a loader 408 In the post-washing part 402 , a loader 408 , first washing part 409 A, second washing part 409 B, spin drier 410 and unloader 411 are provided. Further, to prevent the surface of the substrate 1 from being irradiated by light while it is being washed, the whole of the post-washing part 402 is enclosed by a shielding wall 430 so that the interior is maintained in the dark at 180 Lux, or preferably 100 Lux or less.
- the first platen 403 A is rotated in a horizontal plane by a drive mechanism 412 provided underneath it.
- a polishing pad 413 formed by attaching a synthetic resin, such as polyurethane, having plural air holes is evenly attached to the upper surface of the first platen 403 A.
- a wafer carrier 415 which performs an up/down motion and is rotated in a horizontal plane by a drive mechanism 414 , is disposed above the first platen 403 A.
- the substrate 1 is held, so that its main face (surface to be polished) is facing downwards, by a wafer chuck 416 and retainer ring 417 provided at the lower end of the wafer carrier 415 , and it is pushed against the polishing pad 413 under a predetermined load.
- a slurry (polishing fluid) S is supplied via a feed pipe 418 between the surface of the polishing pad 413 and the surface to be polished of the substrate 1 , and the surface to be polished of the substrate 1 is chemically and mechanically polished therewith.
- a dresser 420 which performs an up/down motion and is rotated in a horizontal plane by a drive mechanism 419 , is disposed above the first platen 403 A.
- the second platen 403 B has an effectively identical construction to the first platen 403 A except that two slurry feed pipes 418 A, 418 B are provided.
- the substrate 1 housed in the loader 406 is transported to the polishing treatment part 401 by the rotating arm 405 ; and, as shown in FIG. 36 , above the first platen 403 A, chemical mechanical polishing (abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing) (first step CMP) is performed using a slurry not containing abrasive particles to remove the Cu film 46 outside the interconnection slots 40 to 44 ( FIG. 37 ).
- chemical mechanical polishing abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing
- abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing refers to chemical mechanical polishing using a polishing fluid (slurry) wherein the content of abrasive particles including alumina and silica does not exceed 0.5 wt %.
- the content of abrasive particles does not exceed 0.1 wt %, and more preferable that it does not exceed 0.05 wt % or 0.01 wt %.
- a polishing fluid having a pH which is adjusted so as to be within the Cu corrosion region, and the composition is adjusted so that the polishing selectivity ratio of the Cu film 46 relative to the TiN film 45 (barrier layer) is not less than 5.
- An example of such a polishing fluid is a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and an organic acid.
- the oxidizing agent may be hydrogen peroxide, aluminum hydroxide, ammonium nitrate or ammonium chloride
- the organic acid may be citric acid, malonic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, adipic acid, benzoic acid, phthalic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid or succinic acid.
- hydrogen peroxide does not contain any metal component and is not a strong acid, so it is suitable as an oxidizing agent for use in the polishing fluid.
- Citric acid is generally used as a food additive, has a low toxicity, does not give rise to much environmental pollution, has no odor and has high solubility in water, so it is suitable as an organic acid for use in the polishing fluid.
- a polishing fluid is used wherein, for example, 5 vol % of hydrogen peroxide and 0.03 wt % of citric acid are added to pure water, and the abrasive particle content is arranged to be less than 0.01 wt %.
- the Cu surface is first the aforesaid polishing oxidized by the oxidizing agent, and a thin oxide layer is formed on the surface.
- a substance is supplied which renders the oxidizing agent water-soluble, the oxide layer becomes water-soluble and dissolves, and the thickness of the oxide layer decreases.
- the part where the oxide layer became thin is again exposed to the oxidizing substance so that the thickness of the oxide layer increases, and this reaction is repeated as chemical mechanical polishing proceeds.
- This type of chemical mechanical polishing using an abrasive particle-free polishing fluid is described in detail in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 9(1997)-299937 and Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No.
- the endpoint of polishing is taken as the point when the Cu film 46 is removed and the underlying TiN film 45 is exposed. This endpoint is detected by detecting a rotation torque signal intensity of the platen or wafer carrier which varies when the polishing target changes from the Cu film 46 to the TiN film 45 .
- the endpoint may be detected by opening a hole in part of the polishing pad and detecting the spectral variation of reflected light from the wafer surface, or by detecting the optical spectral variation of the slurry.
- the Cu film 46 outside the interconnection slots 40 to 44 is almost entirely removed to expose the underlying layer of the TiN film 45 , but as shown in the enlargements of FIGS. 38( a ), 38 ( b ), some of the Cu film 46 which could not be removed by this polishing may remain in depressions (shown by the arrow) in the TiN film 45 due to steps in the underlying layer.
- the substrate 1 is moved from the first platen 403 A to the second platen 403 B shown in FIG. 34 to FIG. 36 , and chemical mechanical polishing (abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing) using a polishing fluid (slurry) containing abrasive particles (CMP of second step) is performed.
- the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing refers to chemical mechanical polishing using a polishing fluid wherein the content of abrasive particles including alumina or silica exceeds 0.5 wt %.
- the polishing fluid is a mixture of 5 vol % of hydrogen peroxide, 0.03 wt % of citric acid and 0.5 wt % of abrasive particles with pure water, but this is not exhaustive.
- the polishing fluid is supplied to the polishing pad 413 of the second platen 403 B via the slurry feed pipe 418 A.
- polishing is performed under conditions wherein the polishing selectivity ratio of the Cu film 46 relative to the TiN film 45 (barrier layer) is lower than that of the abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, e.g., under conditions where the selectivity ratio does not exceed 3, so as to suppress polishing of the surface of the Cu film 46 inside the interconnection slots 40 to 44 .
- the polishing amount is equivalent to the film layer thickness of the TiN film 45 , and the endpoint of polishing is controlled by the time computed from the film thickness and polishing speed of the TiN film 45 .
- CMP of third step selective chemical mechanical polishing
- This selective chemical mechanical polishing is performed under conditions where the polishing selectivity ratio of the TiN film 45 relative to the Cu film 46 is at least 5 or more. Further, this chemical mechanical polishing is performed under conditions wherein the ratio of the polishing speed of the silicon oxide film 39 relative to the polishing speed of the Cu film 46 is larger than 1.
- an anticorrosion agent is added to the polishing fluid comprising an abrasive particle content higher than 0.5 wt % such as is generally used in the aforesaid abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing.
- the anticorrosion agent is a chemical which prevents or suppresses the progress of polishing by forming an anticorrosive protection film on the surface of the Cu film 46 .
- Benzotriazole (BTA) benzotriazole derivatives, such as BTA carboxylic acid, dodecyl mercaptan, triazole or tolyl triazole, are used, and a particularly stable protection film is formed when BTA is used.
- BTA When BTA is used as the anticorrosion agent, its concentration depends on the type of slurry, but generally, a sufficient effect is obtained by adding 0.001-1 wt %, preferably 0.01-1 wt %, and more preferably 0.1-1 wt % (three stages).
- 0.1 wt % of BTA as the anticorrosion agent was mixed with the polishing fluid used in the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing of the second step, but this is not exhaustive.
- polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, their ammonium salts or ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) can be added if necessary.
- the polishing fluid to which the anticorrosion agent is added is supplied to the surface of the polishing pad 413 via the aforesaid slurry feed pipe 418 b .
- the substrate 1 is washed with pure water containing BTA.
- mechanical washing may be performed concurrently by applying a high frequency vibration of 800 kHz or more to the washing liquid to dislodge the slurry residue from the surface of the substrate 1 .
- the substrate 1 is transported while it is maintained in the wet state from the polishing treatment part 401 to the post-washing part 402 .
- a first washing part 409 A scrub washing is performed using a washing liquid including 1 wt % of NH40H
- a second washing part 409 B scrub washing is performed using pure water.
- the whole section is covered by a shield wall 430 .
- FIG. 43 is an overall flowchart of the processes used for forming the aforesaid Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e.
- FIG. 44 is a graph showing TDDB life in the case of this embodiment.
- the data for this embodiment is shown by the line E.
- line Ref data for no treatment
- line A data for the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing
- line F TDDB characteristics are improved, as shown by the line F, even if abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing is performed without ammonia plasma treatment. This may be due to the fact that, in the case of abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, improvement of TDDB life results from less damage to the silicon oxide film.
- the slurry contains abrasive particles (alumina, etc.) of 2-3 ⁇ m size (secondary particle diameters). Due to these abrasive particles, micro-scratches occur, and damage is done to the surface of the silicon oxide film 39 . However, in the case of abrasive particle-free polishing, the slurry does not contain abrasive particles or only a very small amount of them even if they are present, so that the damage can be largely reduced. As a result, the TDDB characteristics are improved.
- the TDDB characteristics are further improved (line G).
- the substrate 1 is treated with an aqueous acid solution (e.g., aqueous HF solution), and ammonia plasma treatment is then performed. Due to the acid treatment, the damaged layer on the surface is removed, interface adhesion characteristics are improved and TDDB life is improved.
- aqueous acid solution e.g., aqueous HF solution
- FIG. 45 is an overall flowchart of the process for forming the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e of the third embodiment. As shown in the figure, the process is identical to Embodiment 1 except that a HF or citric acid washing step is inserted.
- the HF concentration may be 0.5% and the washing time may be 20 seconds.
- citric acid washing may be used instead of HF washing.
- the citric acid concentration may be 5% and the washing time may be 45 seconds.
- FIG. 46 is a graph showing TDDB life in the case of this embodiment.
- the data when citric acid is used in the case of this embodiment is shown by the line H, and the data when HF washing is used is the line 1.
- no treatment (line Ref) and the data of Embodiment 1 (line A) are shown simultaneously.
- the TDDB characteristics are improved, as shown by the line J, even if HF washing is performed alone without ammonia plasma treatment. This is probably because the interface characteristics are improved due to removal of the damaged layer.
- FIG. 47-FIG . 49 are plan views and sectional views showing a method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated device according to a fourth embodiment of this invention. In FIG. 47 to FIG. 49 , only the interconnection part is shown.
- an insulating film 502 for forming interconnections is formed over an insulating film 501 , and this insulating film 502 is embedded to form a copper interconnection 503 .
- the method of forming the copper interconnection 503 is identical to that of Embodiments 1-3.
- a silicon oxide film (TEOS oxide film) 506 is formed by plasma CVD using a silicon nitride film 504 , a low dielectric constant silicon oxide film 505 and TEOS as the raw material gas.
- the low dielectric constant silicon oxide film 505 comprises a silicon oxide insulating film having a specific dielectric constant (6) not exceeding 3.0, such as for example by a coating insulating film comprising an inorganic SOG film having hydrogen silsesquioxane as a raw material or an organic SOG film having tetraalkoxysilane+alkyl alkoxysilane as a raw material, or a fluorocarbon polymer film formed by plasma CVD.
- a coating insulating film comprising an inorganic SOG film having hydrogen silsesquioxane as a raw material or an organic SOG film having tetraalkoxysilane+alkyl alkoxysilane as a raw material, or a fluorocarbon polymer film formed by plasma CVD.
- connecting holes 507 are formed. Photolithography and etching are used to form the connecting holes 507 .
- the dielectric constant silicon oxide film 505 has a film structure with an uneven surface, and has many Si—OH bonds. It has been found by experience that due to this, the film quality of the film formed as the upper layer and the state of the interface are poor. It has also been found from experience that if the barrier film (titanium nitride) described in the next step is formed as it is without treatment, the TDDB characteristics are poor.
- Embodiment 1 the ammonia plasma treatment described in Embodiment 1 is applied to the exposed part of the silicon oxide film 505 in the connecting holes 507 .
- the Si—OH bonds on the surface are improved and are transformed into SI—O—N bonds as described in Embodiment 1.
- a plug 508 including titanium nitride and tungsten is formed in the connecting holes 507 .
- this titanium nitride is deposited, the Si—O—N bonds break away as in Embodiment 1, the interface between titanium nitride and the low dielectric constant silicon-oxide film 505 is improved, and the connectivity is improved.
- the plasma treatment in the connecting holes may of course be applied also to the interconnection slots.
- a plasma treatment may be performed with a mixture of nitrogen, argon and helium.
- the low dielectric constant silicon oxide film 505 is defined as a silicon oxide film having a lower dielectric constant than the silicon oxide film (for example, TEOS oxide film) contained in the protection layer formed as a passivation film.
- the method of forming the embedded Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e may be applied also to the formation of embedded Cu interconnections using the Dual Damascene method.
- the silicon oxide film 31 having a film thickness of approximately 1200 nm, the thin silicon nitride film 38 having a film thickness of approximately 50 nm and the silicon oxide film 39 having a film thickness of approximately 350 nm are first formed by plasma CVD over the first layer of the W interconnections 24 to 30 .
- interconnection slots 50 to 54 with through holes are formed by removing the silicon oxide film 39 by dry etching using the silicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper using another photoresist film as a mask.
- the Cu film 46 having a film thickness sufficiently larger than the depth of the interconnection slots 50 to 54 is deposited over the TiN film 45 . Since the interconnection slots 50 to 54 with through holes have a larger aspect ratio than the interconnection slots 40 to 44 , the TiN film 45 is deposited by CVD. Also, the Cu film 46 is deposited by repeating sputtering two or more times. It may be formed by CVD, electrolysis plating or non-electrolysis plating. If the Cu film 46 is formed by plating, a step is required for forming a Cu seed layer underneath the interconnection slots 50 to 54 by sputtering or the like.
- the Cu film 46 and TiN film 45 outside the interconnection slots 50 to 54 are removed by the aforesaid abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing and selective chemical mechanical polishing, and the embedded Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e are formed inside the interconnection slots 50 to 54 .
- the remaining steps are identical to the method of forming the embedded Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e using the aforesaid Single Damascene method.
- FIG. 55 is a graph showing measured TDDB characteristic data for Cu interconnections, aluminum interconnections and tungsten interconnections.
- the vertical axis is TDDB life, and the horizontal axis is field strength.
- the aluminium interconnections were formed by patterning using film deposition and photolithography, while the tungsten interconnections were formed by an identical Damascene method to that of the Cu interconnections.
- the only difference between the Cu interconnections and tungsten interconnections is the material, there being no difference in structure.
- the remarkable difference in TDDB characteristics despite this must therefore be due to the difference in interconnection material.
- the TDDB characteristics show data obtained at a temperature of 140° C.
- the Inventors performed fresh experiments and studies on the copper diffusion phenomenon. As a result, the Inventors discovered, for the first time, the actual mechanism behind the copper diffusion phenomenon as described above. Specifically, concerning the copper in the interconnections, drifting and diffusion of ionized copper from copper oxide or copper silicide at the electric potential between the interconnections is a far more important a factor than atomic copper. Also, the diffusion occurs predominantly between the insulating film formed by the copper interconnections and the cap film.
- copper oxide or copper suicide is formed on the surface of the copper interconnections, copper ions are formed from these copper compounds, the ionized copper drifts and diffuses due to the field between interconnections along the interface between the insulating film forming the interconnections and the cap film, and the diffused-copper atoms increase the leakage current. This increase in the leakage current increases the thermal stress, finally causing insulation breakdown on the leakage path and affecting the TDDB life.
- FIG. 56 is a graph showing the Si content in the copper interconnections when various surface treatments are performed (ammonia plasma treatment, hydrogen plasma treatment, hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment), and when no treatment is performed.
- various surface treatments ammonia plasma treatment, hydrogen plasma treatment, hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment
- These test results were obtained from a test performed after a step for forming the aforesaid copper interconnections (including the TiN film (barrier film)), the aforesaid washing step, the aforesaid surface treatment steps, the step for forming the aforesaid cap film and a step for forming the interlayer insulating film. It is thought that the same effect as that of Si would be obtained from other impurities, such as oxygen or sulfur.
- the copper silicide in the surface treatments mainly arises from set flow when the cap film (silicon nitride) is formed, as described above.
- the TDDB characteristics were poor as shown in FIG. 33 .
- the Si content in the vicinity of the surface of and inside the Cu interconnections is low in ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment when this test is performed, compared with hydrogen annealing treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment. In particular, it is extremely low in the vicinity of the surface. Specifically, in this processing, the impurity content in the Cu interconnections is low, the degree of cleanliness of the surface of the insulating film in which the interconnection slots are formed is high, and there are few dangling bonds on the surface of the insulating film in which the interconnection slots are formed. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 33 , the TDDB characteristics were good. Thus, when there is a TiN film (conducting barrier film), the TDDB characteristics are determined only by the effect of the interface.
- the Inventors discovered for the first time that it was possible to form a film of neutral Cu which is not ionized in the side walls and bottom of the interconnection slots (increasing the purity of the copper), to perform ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment, or, by combining this with CMP or the aforesaid washing treatment, to improve the TDDB life of the semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising Cu interconnections even if the film thickness of the barrier film was less than 10 nm, or when there was no barrier film at all.
- FIG. 57 shows the dependence of the interconnection resistance, i.e., (TiN.x (film thickness) nm/TiN 50 nm ratio), on the thickness of the TiN film, i.e., (barrier film).
- the figure shows measured values and theoretical values (calculated values) of the interconnection resistance for a slot shape wherein the line width is, for example, of the order of 0.4 ⁇ m and 1.0 ⁇ m, and the depth of the interconnection slots is, for example, of the order of 0.4 ⁇ m.
- the film thickness of the TiN film is the film thickness of the bottom of the interconnection slot.
- the interconnection resistance decreases as the thickness of the TiN film (barrier film) decreases, and that the calculated values essentially coincide with the measured values. Therefore, as compared with the interconnection resistance when the TiN film thickness is 50 nm, when there is no TiN film, the interconnection resistance largely decreases by about 19% when the line width is of the order of 0.4 ⁇ m, and by about 15% when the line width is of the order of 10 ⁇ m. It is also seen that even when the film width of the TiN film is of the order of 10 nm, the interconnection resistance can be decreased by about 16% when the line width is of the order of 0.4 ⁇ m and by about 12% when the line width is of the order of 1.0 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 59 shows TDDB characteristics in the presence and absence of heat treatment in Cu interconnections when there is no TiN film, and when the thickness of the TiN film is of the order of 10 nm. From this figure, it is seen that even for samples where there is no TiN film, the TDDB characteristics do not deteriorate, for example, with heat treatment at 400 ⁇ C for 3 hours.
- FIGS. 60( a ) and 60 ( b ) are sectional views in which part of the semiconductor integrated circuit device (first interconnection layer and second interconnection layer) which has been removed.
- FIG. 60( a ) shows a point formed by the Single Damascene method
- FIG. 60( b ) shows a point formed by the Dual Damascene method.
- a silicon oxide film 48 is deposited over a silicon nitride film 47 .
- the silicon oxide film 31 b is deposited over a silicon oxide film 31 a and the tungsten interconnection 27 via a silicon nitride film 49 .
- the through hole 34 through which part of the tipper surface of the W interconnection 27 is exposed, is formed in the silicon oxide film 31 b and silicon nitride film 49 .
- the first interconnection layer and second interconnection layer will be described for convenience, but it shall be understood that this invention applies not only to these parts and can be applied also to other interconnection layer parts.
- the line width (width of interconnection slot 42 ) and adjacent line interval (distance between opposite lateral surfaces of adjacent lines) is, for example, 0.4 ⁇ m or less.
- This is a semiconductor integrated circuit device having an interconnection structure wherein the line width and adjacent line interval studied by the Inventors is 0.25 ⁇ m or less, or 0.2 ⁇ m, for example.
- the aspect ratio of the interconnection slot 42 is 1, for example.
- the thickness of the conducting barrier film represented by the TiN film 45 is less than 10 nm, and preferably of the order of 6-7 nm, for example.
- the TDDB characteristics can be improved even when the film thickness of this TiN film 45 does not exceed 5 nm or does not exceed 3 nm, or even when it is of the order of only 2 nm.
- the thickness of the TiN film 45 means the surface part where the film is deposited most thinly.
- the side walls are deposited most thinly, and the thickness therefore means the thickness of the TiN film 45 in the side walls.
- the thickness of the part where the TiN film 45 is thinnest is the above thickness (e.g., less than 10 nm, and preferably about 6-7 nm, 5 nm or less, 3 nm or less or about 2 nm).
- the thickness of the part where the TiN film 45 is thickest is the above thickness (e.g., less than 10 nm, and preferably about 6-7 nm, 5 nm or less, 3 nm or less or about 2 nm).
- the TiN film 45 By forming the TiN film 45 to have a thickness of less than 10 nm, as described above, the adhesion of the TiN film 45 to the silicon oxide film 39 is better than that of the Cu film, so peeling of the Cu film 46 can be prevented when CMP is performed. Compared to the case where the TiN film 45 is not provided (as described in Embodiment 8 hereafter), the interconnection resistance increases, but a highly reliable Cu interconnection structure can be fabricated. Also, compared to the case where the TiN film 45 is not provided, the TDDB characteristics are improved.
- the concentration of components other than Cu in the Cu interconnections represented by the Cu interconnection 46 c does not exceed 0.8 At %, or 0.2 At %. According to measurement results obtained by the Inventors, it is possible to arrange it so that the concentration of components other than Cu does not exceed, for example, 0.08 At %, 0.05 At % or 0.02 At %.
- This value of the concentration of components other than Cu is a value when the semiconductor chip is completed, i.e., when a semiconductor chip is cut out of the semiconductor wafer after a wafer process, and is a value computed assuming diffusion in the Cu interconnection due to the heat when the insulating film or metal film is formed (e.g., in the case of tungsten, heat of about 450° C. when the film is formed), after forming the Cu interconnection.
- components other than Cu their concentration in the upper layer of the Cu interconnection (part where the cap film is in contact) is high, and these components are probably distributed so that they gradually become sparser towards the center of the Cu interconnection.
- the components other than Cu are, for example, silicon, oxygen or sulfur (sulfur may be present when Cu interconnection is formed by plating), or any combination of these.
- the material of the interlayer insulating film may be SiOF, organic SOG (Spin On Glass) or PSG (Phospho Silicate Glass), for example.
- SiOF organic SOG
- PSG Phospho Silicate Glass
- the interconnection capacitance can be decreased, so the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved.
- a PSG film has the function of preventing the diffusion of Cu, so the TDDB life can be further improved. Therefore, the reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be still further improved.
- FIGS. 61( a ), 62 ( a ), 63 ( a ), 64 ( a ) and FIG. 65( a ) show plan views of the essential parts during the process of manufacturing the semiconductor integrated circuit device
- FIGS. 61( b ), 62 ( b ), 63 ( b ), 64 ( b ) and FIG. 65( b ) show sections taken along a line A-A in FIGS. 61( a ), 62 ( a ), 63 ( a ), 64 ( a ) and FIG. 65( a ), respectively.
- FIGS. 61( a ), 62 ( a ), 63 ( a ), and 64 ( a ) are plan views, the metal film being shaded for ease of understanding the diagram.
- the interconnection slot 42 is formed as shown in FIGS. 61( a ), 61 ( b ) in the same way as was described with reference to FIG. 7 .
- the upper surface of the plug 37 is exposed on the bottom surface of the interconnection slot 42 .
- a Ta film 45 a conducting barrier film
- FIG. 62( b ) a Ta film 45 a (conducting barrier film), for example, is deposited to a thickness of about 30 nm as-deposited film thickness, for example, by an identical sputtering method to that of Embodiment 1.
- the Ta film 45 a is deposited at the thickest point or the thinnest point of the side walls of the interconnection slot 40 , for example, to less than 10 nm, or about 6-7 nm.
- the conducting barrier film was Ta, but as described above, TiN or another film may be used.
- the Cu film 46 is deposited over the Ta film 45 a to a thickness of, for example, about 300 nm as-deposited film thickness, by an identical sputtering method to that of Embodiment 1.
- the conditions in this step may be as follows.
- the pressure may be 0.02 Pa
- the DC power may be 10 kW
- the distance between the target and the substrate 1 may be 300-400 nm
- the temperature may be room temperature.
- the target used in this step was oxygen-free Cu of high purity, for example, 99.999% (5N) or higher, or preferably 99.9999% (6N) or higher.
- the concentration of Cu in the Cu film 46 when the film is formed is 99.999% or higher, or preferably 99.9999% or higher. Therefore, Cu of even higher purity can be deposited.
- the ordinary sputtering method may be used, but a sputtering method with high directivity, such as long throw sputtering or collimate sputtering, may also be used. In this case, the coverage of the interconnection slot 42 by the metal film can be improved.
- the conditions in this step may be of the order of 475° C., 3 minutes, 26.6644 ⁇ 10 2 Pa and 500 sccm, for example.
- the Cu film 46 and Ta film 45 a are polished by a CMP method identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 2, and the Cu film 46 c is formed by removing surplus parts.
- an anticorrosion process identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 2, and a cleaning treatment identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 3, are performed.
- the ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment described in Embodiment 1 is performed on the surface of the insulating film 39 and Cu interconnection 46 c , as shown by the dotted shading of FIG. 64( b ).
- the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as in Embodiment 1.
- the silicon nitride film 48 is deposited by plasma CVD using, for example, TEOS (tetraethoxysilane).
- FIGS. 66( a ), 67 ( a ), 68 ( a ), 69 ( a ), 70 ( a ), 71 ( a ), 72 ( a ), 73 ( a ), 74 ( a ), 75 ( a ), 76 ( a ) and 77 ( a ) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device, and FIGS.
- FIGS. 66( b ), 67 ( b ), 68 ( b ), 69 ( b ), 70 ( b ), 71 ( b ), 72 ( b ), 73 ( b ), 74 ( b ), 75 ( b ), 76 ( b ) and 77 ( b ) show sectional views taken along line A-A in FIGS. 66( a ), 67 ( a ), 68 ( a ), 69 ( a ), 70 ( a ), 71 ( a ), 72 ( a ), 73 ( a ), 74 ( a ), 75 ( a ), 76 ( a ) and 77 ( a ), respectively.
- FIGS. 73( a ), 74 ( a ), 75 ( a ) and FIG. 76( a ) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand.
- a reflection prevention film 65 is coated over the silicon oxide film 39 and a photoresist pattern 66 is formed thereupon, as shown in FIG. 66( b ).
- the photoresist pattern 66 is a mask pattern for forming, for example, flat circular holes, and is formed by ordinary photolithography.
- the reflection prevention film 65 which remains exposed is removed by dry etching using the photoresist pattern 66 a mask, and the through hole 34 is formed by removing the silicon oxide film 39 , silicon nitride film 38 and silicon oxide film 31 b by dry etching.
- the etching of the silicon oxide film 39 , silicon nitride film 38 and silicon oxide film 31 b is first performed non-selectively, then the etching selection ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed under conditions such that the silicon oxide film is removed more easily than the silicon nitride film.
- the through hole 34 is opened using the silicon nitride film 49 as an etching stopper. Therefore, at this stage, the silicon nitride film 49 is exposed at the bottom surface of the through hole 34 .
- the photoresist pattern 66 and reflection prevention film 65 are removed by ashing, etc., and as shown in FIG. 69( b ), a reflection prevention film 67 is coated over the whole surface of the silicon oxide film 39 so that it is embedded in the through hole 34 .
- a photoresist pattern 68 is formed over the reflection prevention film 67 .
- the photoresist pattern 68 is a mask pattern for forming, for example, a flat band-shaped interconnection slot, and is formed by ordinary photolithography. Subsequently, as shown in FIG.
- the reflection prevention film 67 which remains exposed is removed by dry etching using the photoresist pattern 68 as a mask, and the interconnection slot 42 is formed by removing the silicon oxide film 39 by dry etching.
- the etching selectivity ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed under conditions such that the silicon oxide film is removed more easily than the silicon nitride film.
- the interconnection slot 42 is formed using the silicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper. Therefore, at this stage, the silicon nitride film 38 is exposed on the bottom surface of the interconnection slot 42 .
- the silicon nitride films 38 , 49 exposed at the base of the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 are selectively removed.
- the etching selectivity ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed so that the silicon nitride film is removed more easily than the silicon oxide film.
- part of the silicon oxide film 39 and W interconnection 27 is exposed from the bottom surface of the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 .
- the Ta film 45 a (conducting barrier film) is deposited by sputtering under identical conditions to the Single Damascene method described in Embodiment 6.
- the Ta film 45 a is deposited at the thickest point or the thinnest point of the side walls of the interconnection slot 40 , for example, to less than 10 nm, or about 6-7 nm.
- the conducting barrier film was Ta, but as described above, TiN or another film may be used.
- the Cu film 46 is deposited over the Ta film 45 a to the thickness of, for example, about 150 nm as-deposited film thickness, by an identical sputtering method to that of Embodiment 6.
- the target used in this step was, for example, oxygen-free Cu of a high purity, for example, 99.999% (5N) or higher, or preferably 99.9999% (6N) or higher.
- the concentration of Cu in the Cu film 46 when the film is formed is 99.999% or higher, or preferably 99.9999% or higher. Therefore, Cu of high purity can be deposited over the bottom surface and side walls of the Cu interconnection.
- the Cu film 46 is formed by electrolysis plating or the like.
- the conditions when the Cu film 46 is embedded in the through hole 34 by electrolysis plating are, for example, current density 0.5-1.0 A/dm 2 , approx. 40 seconds.
- the conditions when the Cu film 46 is embedded in the interconnection slot 42 are, for example, current density 1.0-2.0 A/dm 2 , approx. 140 seconds.
- the Cu film 46 c is formed by polishing the Cu film 46 and Ta film 45 a by a CMP technique identical to that described in Embodiments 1 and 2 to remove excess material, and an anticorrosion treatment identical to that of Embodiments 1, 2 and washing treatment identical to that of Embodiments 1-3 are performed. Subsequently, the ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment described in Embodiment 1 are performed on the surface of the insulating film 39 and Cu film 46 c , as shown by the dotted shading of FIG. 76( b ). In this way, the same effect as that of the Single Damascene method described in Embodiment 6 can be obtained.
- the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as in Embodiment 1, and as shown in FIG. 60( b ), the silicon oxide film 48 is formed by plasma CVD or the like using for example TEOS gas on the silicon nitride film 47 .
- Embodiment 6 in addition to the effect obtained by the construction of Embodiment 6, concerning structural parts which are identical to those of the aforesaid Embodiments 1-5, identical effects to those described in Embodiments 1-5 can be obtained.
- Embodiment 7 after forming interconnection slots and connecting holes, the aforesaid ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed.
- the Single Damascene method and Dual Damascene method are identical, so Embodiment 7 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78( a ), 78 ( b ) and FIGS. 79( a ), 79 ( b ) taking the Dual Damascene method as an example.
- FIG. 78( a ), FIG. 79( a ) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device, and FIG. 78( b ), FIG. 79( b ) show sectional views taken on line A-A in FIG. 78( a ), FIG. 79( a ), respectively.
- FIG. 78( a ), FIG. 79( a ) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand.
- Embodiment 7 after performing the fabrication steps described with reference to FIG. 66( a )- FIG. 73( b ) of the aforesaid Embodiment 6, ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed as shown by the dotted shading of FIG. 78( b ).
- SiH bonds and SiN and bonds are formed on the surface of the silicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of the interconnection slot 42 , the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of the interconnection slot 42 and the surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the through hole 34 (e.g., a thin silicon nitride film of less than 10 nm is formed).
- the quality, degree of cleanliness and electrical stability of the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 39 , the surface of the silicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of the interconnection slot 42 , the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of the interconnection slot 42 and the surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the through hole 34 can be improved, and the Cu diffusion preventing ability can be improved.
- adhesion between the silicon oxide film 39 and the cap film can also be improved.
- the nitride film (in this case, WN film) formed over the W interconnection 27 may also be removed by lightly performing dry etching.
- the Ta film 45 a and Cu film 46 are formed in sequence from the bottom layer in the same way as in Embodiment 6. The remaining steps are identical to those of Embodiment 6, and will not be repeated.
- Embodiment 7 in addition to the effect obtained in Embodiment 6, by performing ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment also on the side walls of the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 , the TDDB life is further improved, so that the reliability and yield of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be further improved.
- FIGS. 80( a ) and 80 ( b ) are sectional views showing part of the semiconductor integrated circuit device.
- FIG. 80( a ) shows a point formed by the Single Damascene method
- FIG. 80( b ) shows a point formed by the Dual Damascene method.
- the conducting barrier film is not formed. Specifically, only Cu is embedded in the interconnection slot 42 or through hole 34 . Therefore, the side walls and base part of the Cu interconnection 46 c are effectively in direct contact with the silicon oxide film 39 . However, when the method described in Embodiment 7 is used, the side walls and base part of the Cu interconnection 46 c are directly in contact with the thin silicon nitride film formed over the side walls and base part of the silicon oxide film 39 in the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 .
- the concentration and distribution of components other than Cu represented by the Cu interconnection 46 c are identical to those described in Embodiment 6.
- the materials of the interlayer insulating films used instead of the silicon oxide films 31 a , 31 b , 31 , 39 , 48 are also identical. Further, dimensions, such as the line width (width of the interconnection slot 42 ) and adjacent line interval (distance between opposite lateral surfaces of adjacent interconnections), are identical to those described with reference to FIGS. 60( a ) and 60 ( b ) of Embodiment 6.
- the TDDB life can be enhanced. Therefore, the yield and reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved.
- the conducting barrier film is not provided and only the Cu film 46 is embedded in the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 , so that the interconnection resistance can be largely improved.
- different interconnection layers are directly connected without the intermediary of the conducting barrier film (Ta film 45 a or TiN film 45 ) (herein, a structure is shown as an example wherein the Cu film 46 c and W interconnection 27 are directly connected, but Cu interconnections in different interconnection layers may also be directly connected), so that the connection resistance between different interconnection layers can be largely reduced, and the resistance of fine through holes can be decreased. Therefore, the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be enhanced even if the interconnection slots 42 and through holes 34 become finer.
- FIGS. 81( a ), 82 ( a ), 83 ( a ), and 84 ( a ) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device
- FIGS. 81( b ), 82 ( b ), 83 ( b ), and 84 ( b ) show sectional views taken on a line A-A in FIGS.
- FIGS. 81( a ), 82 ( a ), 83 ( a ) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand.
- Embodiment 8 after performing the fabrication steps described with reference to FIG. 66( a )- FIG. 73( b ) of the aforesaid Embodiment 6, ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed as shown by the dotted shading of FIG. 81( b ).
- the quality, degree of cleanliness and electrical stability of the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 39 , the surface of the silicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of the interconnection slot 42 , the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of the interconnection slot 42 and the surface of the silicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the through hole 34 can be improved, and the Cu diffusion preventing ability can be improved.
- adhesion between the silicon oxide film 39 and the cap film can also be improved.
- the nitride film (in this case, WN film) formed over the W interconnection 27 may also be removed by lightly performing dry etching.
- the Cu film 46 of high purity is deposited in the same way as in the Cu film forming step of Embodiment 6. Specifically, in Embodiment 8, the Cu film 46 of high purity is deposited directly over the silicon oxide film 39 (including the interior of the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 ) without depositing the conducting barrier film (Ta film 45 a or TiN film 45 ). It may be considered that the Cu film 46 embedded in the interconnection slot 42 and through hole 34 is in direct contact with the thin silicon nitride film in its side walls and at its base. In this structure, therefore, it is probably difficult for Cu to ionize in the side walls and at the base of the Cu film 46 .
- the Cu film 46 c is formed.
- the Cu film 46 c is basically formed of Cu.
- the above ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed on the upper surface of the silicon oxide film 39 and the upper surface (exposed surface) of the Cu film 46 c , as shown by the dotted shading of FIG. 83( b ).
- Cu diffusion can be prevented, and the TDDB life can be enhanced.
- the purity of Cu can be kept high, the resistance of the Cu interconnection in the finished semiconductor chip can be reduced.
- the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as in Embodiment 1, and the silicon oxide film 48 is deposited thereon by plasma CVD using, for example, TEOS gas as shown in FIG. 80( b ).
- Embodiment 8 in addition to the effect of Embodiments 1-7, the following effect is obtained. Since a conducting barrier film is not provided, the resistance of the Cu interconnection 46 c can be largely reduced. Therefore, the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved.
- Embodiments 1-8 can of course be used alone, they may be used in combination.
- chemical mechanical polishing may be performed with an abrasive particle-free slurry using the technology of Embodiment 2, acid treatment subsequently applied using the technology of Embodiment 3, and ammonia, hydrogen or other plasma treatment performed using the technology of Embodiment 1.
- Embodiments 1-8 the formation of the silicon nitride film 47 after ammonia plasma treatment was performed continuously without a break in the vacuum, but after the ammonia plasma treatment, a break in the vacuum state may be performed first, and the silicon nitride film 47 formed later. If a break in the vacuum is not performed, the effect of the invention is further enhanced, but as a thin nitride layer is formed by ammonia plasma treatment, the formation of an oxide layer can be suppressed even if a break in the vacuum state is performed and the chip is exposed to the atmosphere. Therefore, even in the case of a vacuum break, the effect of this embodiment is still obtained to some extent.
- Embodiments 1-8 a case was described in which the Cu film was formed by sputtering, but if the conditions are such that the purity of Cu can be kept high, plating or CVD may also be used instead of sputtering.
- CMOS-LSI technology which is the background of the invention, but the invention is not limited to this field, and may be applied, for example, also to semiconductor integrated circuit devices comprising memory circuits, such as DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory), SRAM (Static Random Access Memory), flash memory (EEPROM: Electric Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) or FRAM (Ferroelectric Random Access Memory), semiconductor integrated circuit devices comprising logic circuits such as microprocessors, or mixed semiconductor integrated circuit devices wherein the aforesaid memory circuits and logic circuits are provided on the same semiconductor substrate.
- This invention may also be applied to semiconductor integrated circuit devices, semiconductor devices, electronic circuit devices or electronic devices having at least a fine copper interconnection structure.
- the concentration of components other than copper in the embedded interconnection not more than 0.8 At. % in the finished semiconductor chip, the resistance of the embedded interconnection having copper as its main component can be reduced.
- the insulation breakdown resistance between embedded interconnections having copper as their main component can be improved.
Abstract
Cu interconnections embedded in an interconnection slot of a silicon oxide film are formed by polishing using CMP to improve the insulation breakdown resistance of a copper interconnection formed using the Damascene method, and after a post-CMP cleaning step, the surface of the silicon oxide film and Cu interconnections is treated by a reducing plasma (ammonia plasma). Subsequently, a continuous cap film (silicon nitride film) is formed without vacuum break.
Description
- This application is a continuation application of U.S. Ser. No. 10/811,927, filed Mar. 30, 2004, which is a continuation application of U.S. Ser. No. 09/825,946, filed Apr. 5, 2001, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- This invention relates to a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device, to a semiconductor integrated circuit device technique; and, in particular, to a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising an embedded interconnection having copper as the main conducting layer, and an effective technique applied to a semiconductor integrated circuit device.
- In a technique for forming interconnections comprising semiconductor integrated circuit devices, semiconductor devices, electronic circuit devices and electronic devices, a conducting film, such as, for example, aluminum or tungsten, is deposited over an insulating film and is patterned by ordinary photolithography and dry etching.
- However, in this interconnection forming technique, as devices and interconnections comprising semiconductor integrated circuit devices become finer, interconnection resistances are largely increasing, interconnection delays are occurring, and a limit is being reached to further performance improvements of the semiconductor integrated circuit devices.
- In recent years, an interconnection forming technique known as the Damascene method has been developed. This Damascene method may be broadly distinguished into two types, i.e., the Single Damascene method and the Dual Damascene method.
- In the Single Damascene method, after forming an interconnection slot in an insulating film, for example, a main conducting layer for forming interconnections is deposited over this insulating film and in the interconnection slot, and an embedded interconnection in the interconnection slot is formed by polishing this main conducting layer by, for example, CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing), so that it is left only in the interconnection slot.
- In the Dual Damascene method, after forming a connecting hole to connect with the interconnection slot and a substrate interconnection in the insulating film, a main conducting layer for forming interconnections is deposited over this insulating film and in the interconnection slot and connecting hole, and an embedded interconnection in the interconnection slot and the connecting hole is formed by polishing this main conducting layer by, for example, CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing), so that it is left only in the interconnection slot and connecting hole.
- In both methods, a material such as copper or the like is used as the material of the main conducting layer of the interconnections from the viewpoint of improving the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device. Copper has the advantage that, compared to aluminum, its resistance is lower and its permitted current for reliability is more than two orders of magnitude higher. Hence, the film can be made thinner to obtain the same interconnection resistance, and the capacitance between adjacent interconnections can be reduced.
- However, compared to other metals, such as aluminum or tungsten, it diffuses easily in the insulating film. if copper is used as the interconnection material, therefore, it is necessary to form a thin conducting barrier film to prevent diffusion of copper on the surface of the main conducting layer including copper (bottom surface and side surfaces), i.e., on the inner wall surfaces (side surfaces and bottom surface) of the interconnection slot. There is also a technique to prevent diffusion of copper in the embedded interconnection from the upper surface of the embedded interconnection into the insulating film by depositing a cap film including, for example, silicon nitride so as to cover the upper surface of the embedded interconnection over the entire surface on the upper surface of the insulating film in which the interconnection slot is formed.
- This kind of embedded interconnection technique is mentioned in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10 (1998)-154709, wherein the embedded properties of a fine contact hole with a high aspect ratio are improved by forming the embedded interconnection of high purity copper having an oxygen concentration or sulfur concentration not exceeding 3 ppm, thus enhancing the surface diffusion properties and fluidity of the copper.
- In Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-87349, for example, a technique is disclosed wherein, after forming the interconnection slot and connecting hole in the insulating film, a copper film is formed by sputtering using a target having a purity of 99.999 wt % (5N) or higher. In this Publication, to facilitate embedding of the copper, a titanium nitride/titanium film is formed as a barrier layer over the surface of the interconnection slot and connecting hole.
- In Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-87509 or Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-220023, for example, a technique is disclosed wherein the barrier layer on the bottom surface of a via is removed to lower the resistance of the via.
- In Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-16912, for example, a technique is disclosed wherein the oxide layer formed in the interconnection part exposed at the bottom of the connecting hole is eliminated by applying heat, plasma or ultraviolet irradiation in a reducing atmosphere.
- However, according to tests performed by the Inventors, the following problems were found in semiconductor integrated circuit device techniques comprising embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- Firstly, as the dimensions of the embedded interconnections (line widths, thicknesses, distances between centers of adjacent interconnections and intervals between adjacent interconnections) having copper as the main conducting layer become finer, the cross-sectional surface area of the high resistance conducting barrier film become larger relative to the interconnection cross-sectional surface area, and the resistance of the embedded interconnection is increases. As a result, there is a limit to performance improvement of the semiconductor integrated circuit device even though copper is used to enhance performance.
- Secondly, to resolve the first problem, if the barrier film is simply made thinner without performing any special treatment or is eliminated, the interconnection resistance can be reduced, but diffusion of copper occurs and the insulation breakdown resistance between mutually adjacent embedded interconnections falls considerably. As a result, a high reliability semiconductor integrated circuit device cannot be provided. Also, as the yield of the semiconductor integrated circuit device falls, the cost of the semiconductor integrated circuit device increases.
- Thirdly, when a silicon nitride film is used as the cap film on the embedded interconnection having copper as the main conducting layer, a silicide substance is formed at the interface of the copper and silicon nitride film, and the resistance of this embedded interconnection increases. It was found for the first time by experiments carried out by the Inventors that diffusion of copper is a major reason for this, as will be described later. Consequently, there is a limit to improving the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device. There is also a problem in that the yield and reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device are seriously affected.
- Fourthly, peeling occurs between the interconnection layer of the embedded interconnection and the insulating film (e.g., the aforesaid cap layer) formed over the upper layer. As a result, the yield and reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device is seriously reduced.
- It is therefore an object of this invention to provide a technique for reducing the resistance of the embedded interconnection having copper as the main conducting layer.
- It is another object of this invention to provide a technique for improving the insulation breakdown resistance between embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- It is another object of this invention to provide a technique for improving adhesion between the interconnection layer and the cap film of embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- It is another object of this invention to provide a technique for improving the reliability of an integrated circuit semiconductor device comprising embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- It is another object of this invention to provide a technique for improving the yield of an integrated circuit semiconductor device comprising embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- It is another object of this invention to provide a technique for improving the performance of an integrated circuit semiconductor device comprising embedded interconnections having copper as the main conducting layer.
- The above and other objects and novel features of the invention will become clear from the following description and the drawings.
- The following is a simple description in outline of the aspects and features of the present invention disclosed in this application.
- This invention comprises an embedded interconnection having copper as a main component embedded in a depression formed in an insulating film via a conducting barrier film, and a cap insulating film formed so as to cover the upper surface of the insulating film and embedded interconnection layer, the concentration of components other than copper in the embedded interconnection not exceeding 0.8 At. % in the finished semiconductor chip.
- In accordance with a feature of this invention, as regards the side wall part of the aforesaid depression, the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film is less than 10 nm.
- In accordance with another feature of this invention, as regards the side wall part of the aforesaid depression, the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film is not more than 2 nm.
- In accordance with another feature of this invention, the conducting barrier film in the aforesaid depression does not exist.
- In accordance with still another feature of this invention, an embedded metal interconnection layer is in direct contact in the aforesaid depression.
- This invention comprises a method including a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the interior of the depression, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the interior of the depression, and a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the interior of the depression by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- In the aforesaid method of this invention, the aforesaid metal film is formed by a sputtering technique using a target including copper of at least 99.999% purity.
- This method of the present invention, comprises a step wherein, after removing the aforesaid metal film by chemical mechanical polishing to form the embedded interconnection, the upper surface of the insulating film and indebted interconnection layer is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties, and a step wherein a cap insulating film is formed over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer after plasma treatment.
- In the method of this invention, the gas atmosphere having reducing properties has hydrogen as its main component.
- In this method, the gas atmosphere having reducing properties also has a nitriding action.
- In this method, the gas atmosphere having reducing provinces contains ammonia as its main component.
- In this method, the step of forming the embedded metal interconnection layer by removing the metal film is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing.
- In this method, the concentration of components apart from copper does not exceed 0.02 At. %.
- In this method, the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film in the side wall of the aforesaid depression is less than 10 nm.
- In this method, the thickness of the thickest part or thinnest part of the conducting barrier film in the side wall of the aforesaid depression is not more than 2 nm.
- This method further comprises a step wherein, after forming the aforesaid depression, and prior to the step of depositing the conducting barrier film, the semiconductor substrate is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties.
- The method of this invention comprises a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the insulating film including the interior of the depression without the intervention of a conducting barrier film, and a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer in the interior of the depression without the intervention of a conducting barrier film by removing the metal film, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- The method of this invention comprises a Damascene interconnection forming step, comprising a step of forming a depression in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the interior of the depression, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the interior of the depression, a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the interior of the depression by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, and a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- The method of this invention comprises a Dual Damascene interconnection forming step, comprising a step of forming an embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole in an insulating film formed over a semiconductor substrate, a step of depositing a conducting barrier film over the insulating film including the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, a step of depositing a metal film having copper as the main component over the conducting barrier film including the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, a step of forming an embedded metal interconnection layer via the conducting barrier film in the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole by removing the metal film and conducting barrier film, and a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer, the concentration of components apart from copper in the embedded metal interconnection layer, when the semiconductor chip formed from the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is finished, not exceeding 0.8 At. %, and the purity of the copper in the metal film, when the metal film having copper as the principal component is formed, being at least 99.999%.
- The method of this invention comprises a step wherein, after forming the embedded interconnection slot and connecting hole, the aforesaid semiconductor substrate is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties prior to a step of depositing the conducting barrier film.
- The method of this invention comprises a step wherein, after a step of forming the embedded interconnection layer by removing the metal film by chemical mechanical polishing, the upper surface of the insulating film and embedded interconnection layer is plasma treated in a gas atmosphere having reducing properties prior to the step of forming the cap insulating film.
-
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a method of forming a semiconductor integrated circuit device which represents a first embodiment (Embodiment 1) of this invention. -
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 6( a) is a plan view andFIG. 6( b) is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 7( a) is a plan view andFIG. 7( b) is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication method ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection. -
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing part of the construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection. -
FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a wafer scrub and rinse method. -
FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection. -
FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing yet another example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in forming an embedded Cu interconnection. -
FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the essential part of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 15( a) is a cross-sectional view showing an outline of a plasma treatment apparatus used for ammonia plasma treatment and silicon nitride film deposition; and,FIG. 15( b) is a plan view of the same. -
FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the fabrication ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 18 is a flow diagram showing a method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 19 is a sectional view showing the essential features of the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 20 is a graph showing TDDB life. -
FIG. 21 is a graph showing TDDB life. -
FIGS. 22( a) to 22(d) are graphs showing XPS data. -
FIGS. 23( a) to 23(d) are graphs showing XPS data. -
FIGS. 24( a) to 24(d) are graphs showing XPS data. -
FIGS. 25( a) to 25(e) are graphs showing XPS data, andFIG. 25( f) is a table showing composition ratios. -
FIGS. 26( a) to 26(d) are graphs showing mass analysis results. -
FIGS. 27( a) to 27(d) are graphs showing mass analysis results. -
FIG. 28 is a graph showing interconnection resistance. -
FIG. 29 is a chart showing sectional diagram which trace in part (a) a TEM photograph showing an interconnection part in the case of no treatment, and which trace in part (b) a TEM photograph showing the interconnection part ofEmbodiment 1. -
FIG. 30 is a chart showing sectional diagrams which trace TEM photographs for comparison purposes. -
FIGS. 31( a) and 31(b) are diagrams showing the mechanism of TDDB deterioration. -
FIGS. 32( a) and 32(b) are diagrams showing the mechanism of TDDB enhancement. -
FIG. 33 is a graph showing TDDB life. -
FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the overall construction of a CMP apparatus used in a method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according toEmbodiment 2 of this invention. -
FIG. 35 is a side view showing part of a CMP apparatus used for forming an embedded Cu interconnection. -
FIG. 36 is a side view of a CMP apparatus showing the polishing state of a Cu film. -
FIG. 37 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2. -
FIG. 38( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2, andFIG. 38( b) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof. -
FIG. 39 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2. -
FIG. 40( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2, andFIG. 40( b) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof. -
FIG. 41 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2. -
FIG. 42( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2, andFIG. 42( b) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof. -
FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 2. -
FIG. 44 is a graph showing TDDB life. -
FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 3. -
FIG. 46 is a graph showing TDDB life. -
FIG. 47 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 4. -
FIG. 48( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 4, andFIG. 48( b) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof. -
FIG. 49 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device ofEmbodiment 4. -
FIG. 50 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 51 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 52( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment, andFIG. 52( b) is a sectional view of the essential parts thereof. -
FIG. 53 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 54 is a sectional view of the essential parts of a semiconductor substrate showing a step in the method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 55 is a graph showing data which illustrates measure of the TDDB characteristics of a copper interconnection, an aluminum interconnection and a tungsten interconnection. -
FIG. 56 is a graph showing the amount of silicon contained in the copper interconnection when each process is performed. -
FIG. 57 is a graph showing conductive barrier film thickness dependence in the resistance of an embedded copper interconnection. -
FIG. 58 is a graph showing the conductive barrier film thickness dependence of TDDB characteristics. -
FIG. 59 is a graph showing TDDB characteristics after annealing in the case when there is no conductive barrier film, and the case of less than 10 nm thickness. -
FIGS. 60( a) and 60(b) are sectional views of the essential parts of a copper embedded interconnection layer of a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 61( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention, andFIG. 61( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 61( a). -
FIG. 62( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device followingFIG. 61 , andFIG. 62( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 62( a). -
FIG. 63( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device followingFIG. 62 , andFIG. 63( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 63( a). -
FIG. 64( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device followingFIG. 63 , andFIG. 64( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 64( a). -
FIG. 65( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device followingFIG. 64 , andFIG. 65( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 65( a). -
FIG. 66( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention, andFIG. 66( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 66( a). -
FIG. 67( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 66 , andFIG. 67( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 6( a). -
FIG. 68( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 67 , andFIG. 68( b) is a sectional view along line a line A-A inFIG. 68( a). -
FIG. 69( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 68 , andFIG. 69( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 69( a). -
FIG. 70( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 69 , andFIG. 70( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 70( a). -
FIG. 71( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 70 , andFIG. 71( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 71( a). -
FIG. 72( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 71 , andFIG. 72( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 72( a). -
FIG. 73( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 72 , andFIG. 73( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 73( a). -
FIG. 74( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 73 , andFIG. 74( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 74( a). -
FIG. 75( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 74 , andFIG. 75( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 75( a). -
FIG. 76( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 75 , andFIG. 76( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 76( a). -
FIG. 77( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 76 , andFIG. 77( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 77( a). -
FIG. 78( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention, andFIG. 78( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 78( a). -
FIG. 79( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 78 , andFIG. 79( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 79( a). -
FIGS. 80( a) and 80(b) are sectional views of the essential parts of a copper embedded interconnection layer of a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to yet another embodiment of this invention. -
FIG. 81( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to an embodiment of this invention, andFIG. 81( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 81( a). -
FIG. 82( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 81 , andFIG. 82( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 82( a). -
FIG. 83( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 82 , andFIG. 83( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 83( a). -
FIG. 84( a) is a plan view of the essential parts in a process for manufacturing a semiconductor integrated circuit device following the step inFIG. 83 , andFIG. 84( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 84( a). -
FIGS. 85( a) to 85(c) are diagrams which show samples used for TDDB life measurement, in whichFIG. 85( a) is a plan view, andFIG. 85( b) andFIG. 85( c) are cross-sectional diagrams respectively showing a section taken along line B-B′ and a section taken along line C-C′ inFIG. 85( a). -
FIG. 86 is a diagram showing the essential features of the measurement. -
FIG. 87 is a graph of current-voltage measurement results. -
FIG. 88 is a diagram showing the coverage in an interconnection slot or connecting hole of a conductive barrier film. - In describing the embodiments of this invention, the basic meaning of the terminology used in this application is as follows.
- 1. TDDB (Time Dependence on Dielectric Breakdown) life means a time calculated by applying a comparatively high voltage between electrodes under measurement conditions at a predetermined temperature (for example, 140° C.), plotting a graph of the time from applying the voltage to insulation breakdown relative to the applied electric field, and extrapolating to the actual field intensity used (for example, 0.2 MVP/cm).
FIG. 85( a) shows a sample used for the TDDB life measurement.FIG. 85( a) is a plan view, andFIG. 85( b) andFIG. 85( c) respectively show a section taken along line B-B′ and a section taken along line C-C′ inFIG. 85( a). This sample can be formed in the TEE (Test Equipment Group) region of a semiconductor wafer. A pair of comb-shaped interconnections L are formed in a second interconnection layer M2, as shown in the diagram, and the interconnections L are respectively connected to pads P1, P2 of an uppermost layer. An electric field is applied between these comb-shaped interconnections L, and the electric current is measured. The pads P1, P2 are measurement terminals. - The line widths, line intervals and line thicknesses of the comb-shaped interconnections L are all 0.5 μm. The interconnection facing lengths were 1.58×105 μm.
FIG. 86 is a conceptual diagram showing the essential features of the measurement. The sample is held on a measurement stage S, and a current-voltage measuring instrument (I/V meter) is connected between the pads P1, P2. The sample stage S is heated by a heater H, and the sample temperature is adjusted to 140° C.FIG. 87 is a graph showing an example of current-voltage measurement results. The case using a 140° C. sample temperature and a field intensity of 5 MVP/cm was taken as an example. The constant voltage stress method or the low current stress method may be used for the TDDB life measurement, but in this application, the constant voltage stress method wherein the average electric field applied to an insulating film is fixed, is used. After applying the voltage, the current density decreases with time, and a rapid increase in current (insulation breakdown) is observed thereafter. Here, the time when the leakage current density reached 1 μA/cm2 was taken as the TDDB life (TDDB life at 5 MVP/cm). - In this application, although the term TDDB life means the breakdown time (life) at 0.2 MVP/cm unless otherwise specified, the term TDDB life may be used in a wider sense as the time until breakdown if a predetermined field intensity is specified.
- Unless otherwise specified, TDDB life refers to the case where the sample temperature is 140° C. Further, TDDB life refers to measurements performed on the above-mentioned comb-shaped interconnection L, but it will be understood to reflect the breakdown life between actual interconnections.
- 2. Plasma treatment refers to a process wherein, when a member, such as an insulating film and a metal film, are formed over a substrate surface or over a substrate in a plasma state, the surface of the member is exposed, and the surface is subjected to the chemical and mechanical (bombardment) action of the plasma.
- Although plasma is usually generated by filling a reaction chamber, in which the atmosphere has been replaced by a specific gas (treatment gas), with more treatment gas, and ionizing the gas by the action of a high frequency field etc., the gas in the chamber cannot be completely replaced by the treatment gas. Therefore, in this application, although reference is made to an ammonia plasma, for example, a perfect ammonia plasma is not meant, and the possible presence of impurity gases (nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, steam, etc.) in the plasma cannot be discarded. Likewise, this does not exclude the possibility that other diluting gases and added gases are contained in the plasma.
- A plasma of a reducing atmosphere means a plasma environment wherein reactive species, such as radicals, ions, atoms and molecules which have a reducing action, i.e., an action which withdraws oxygen, exist dominantly, atomic or molecular radicals or ions being included in said radicals and ions.
- Moreover, in such an environment, not only a single reactive species, but two or more reactive species may be included. For example, an environment where hydrogen radicals and NH2 radicals exist simultaneously may be sufficient.
- 3. In this application, gas concentration shall refer to flow rate ratio in mass flow rates. That is, in a mixture of Gas A and Gas B, when the concentration of Gas A is 5%, it means Fa/(Fa+Fb)=0.05 where the mass flow rate of Gas A is Fa and the mass flow rate of Gas B is Fb.
- 4. Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) usually means a process where a surface to be polished is brought in contact with a polishing pad comprising a sheet of relatively soft cloth, etc., and polishing is performed by making a relative movement in the direction of the surface while a slurry is supplied. This application shall also be understood to refer to a CML (Chemical Mechanical Lapping) where the surface to be polished is moved relative to a hard abrasive stone, the use of other fixed abrasive particles, and abrasive particle-free CMP which does not use abrasive particles.
- Abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing usually means chemical mechanical polishing with a slurry having a weight concentration of abrasive particles of 0.5% or less, and abrasive particle polishing means chemical mechanical polishing using a slurry having a higher concentration of abrasive particles than a weight concentration of 0.5%. However, these are relative terms, and when the polishing of the first step is an abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing and the polishing of the following second step is an abrasive particle polishing, or the polishing concentration of the first step is smaller than the polishing concentration of the second step by one or more orders of magnitude, and preferably two or more orders of magnitude, the polishing of the first step may be referred to as abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing. In this Specification, when using the term abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, it shall be understood to include not only the case where the whole planarizing process of the target metal film is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, but also the case where the main process is performed by abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing and the secondary process is performed by abrasive particle polishing.
- 5. Polishing liquid (slurry) generally means a suspension in which polishing abrasive particles are mixed with chemical etching reagents, and in the context of this application, due to the nature of the Invention, it shall be understood to include the case where polishing abrasive particles are not mixed with the reagents.
- Moreover, abrasive particles (slurry particles) means a powder such as is usually included in a slurry (alumina, silica).
- 6. Anticorrosives mean reagents which prevent or suppress polishing by CMP, by forming a protective film which has the property of corrosion resistance or hydrophobicity, or both, on the surface of a metal, benzotriazole (BTA) or the like usually being employed for this purpose (see Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 8 (1996)-64594.
- 7. Conductive barrier film is an electrically conducting film having a diffusion barrier property formed in the side face or the bottom surface of an embedded interconnection comparatively thinly in order to prevent copper from diffusing into an interlayer insulating film, or a lower layer, and in general, high melting point metals or their nitrides, such as titanium nitride (TiN), tantalum (Ta) and tantalum nitride (TaN), are used.
- 8. An embedded interconnection or an embedded metal-interconnection generally means an interconnection which is patterned by an interconnection forming technique wherein a conducting film is embedded in slot formed in an insulating film, and unnecessary conducting film on the insulating film is removed, such as Single Damascene or Dual Damascene. Single Damascene is generally an embedded interconnection process wherein a plug metal and an interconnection metal are embedded in two stages. Likewise, Dual Damascene is generally an embedded interconnection process wherein the plug metal and interconnection metal are embedded in one operation. In general, copper embedded interconnections are often used in multilayer compositions.
- 9. When referring to selective removal, selective polishing, selective etching and selective chemical mechanical polishing, the selection ratio in all cases is 5 or more.
- 10. When it is said that the selection ratio of A to B (or B with respect to A) is X, it means that, taking the polishing rate as an example, the polishing rate of A, calculated based on the polishing rate of B, is X.
- 11. The expression semiconductor integrated circuit device in this application refers not only to devices formed on single crystal silicon substrates, but also those formed on other substrates such, as a Silicon On Insulator substrate or a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal substrate, except when otherwise specified. Moreover, wafer means a single crystal silicon substrate (in general, substantially disk-shaped), SOS substrate, glass substrate, other insulating, half-insulating or semiconductor substrates, or compounds of same, used in the fabrication of semiconductor integrated circuit devices.
- 12. The expression semiconductor integrated circuit wafer (semiconductor integrated circuit substrate) or semiconductor wafer (semiconductor substrate) means silicon or other single crystal substrates (in general, substantially disk-shaped), sapphire substrate, glass substrate, other insulating, semi-insulating or semiconductor substrates, or compound-type substrates, used in the fabrication of semiconductor integrated circuit devices. In addition, part or all of the substrate surface, or part or all of the gate electrode, may be formed of other semiconductors, for example, SiGe.
- A semiconductor integrated circuit chip (semiconductor integrated circuit substrate) or a semiconductor chip (semiconductor substrate) means a semiconductor wafer finished in a wafer step divided into groups of individual circuits.
- 13. The expression silicon nitride, or a silicon nitride film, includes not only S′3N, but also insulating films which are silicon nitrides of similar composition.
- 14. A cap film is an insulating film having high insulating properties and high diffusion barrier properties formed in addition to an electrical connecting part of the information of an embedded interconnection, and is generally formed of a material different from the main part of the interlayer insulating film, for example, a silicon nitride film.
- 15. The term wafer process is also known as a preliminary process, and is a process wherein, starting from a mirror wafer, a device and an interconnection forming step is performed, a surface protecting film is formed, and electrical tests are then performed by a probe.
- 16. The coverage in the interconnection slot (depression) or conducting hole (depression) of the conducting barrier film comprises side coverage and bottom coverage.
FIG. 88 schematically shows the upper surface of an insulatingfilm 60, and a state where abarrier film 62 is deposited by sputtering in aninterconnection slot 61 formed in the insulatingfilm 60. The deposited film thickness of the barrier film generally refers to a film thickness D1 of thebarrier film 62 on the upper surface of the insulatingfilm 60. Side coverage means the amount of covering of thebarrier film 62 in a side wall part in the interconnection slot 61 (including the angle part in the intersection of the side and bottom), and the film thickness D2 in this part is the thinnest. Bottom coverage means the amount of covering of thebarrier film 62 on the bottom surface in theinterconnection slot 61, and the film thickness D3 in this part is the next thickest after the aforesaid deposited film thickness. For example, according to experimental results obtained by the Inventors, when a barrier film was deposited in an interconnection slot having an aspect ratio of 1 in the usual sputtering method, which does not take directivity into particular consideration, the deposited film thickness of the barrier film was 100 nm, the side coverage was about 30 nm and the bottom coverage was about 50 nm. Moreover, when the barrier film was deposited by the long throw sputtering technique, the deposited film thickness of the barrier film was 100 nm, the side coverage was about 20 nm and the bottom coverage was about 90 nm. - 17. Long throw sputtering means a sputtering method in which there is an improvement in bottom coverage, wherein the distance between target and substrate is increased, and stable discharge at a low voltage is performed in order to make only the perpendicular component of the sputtering particles reach the substrate.
- 18. Collimate sputtering is a technique having a mechanism wherein, when a film is formed in a depression such as an interconnection slot or connecting hole having a large aspect ratio, in order to obtain sufficient film thickness up to the base, a lattice plate is intercalated between the target and substrate to forcibly increase the perpendicular component.
- The following embodiments are divided into plural sections or embodiments when required for convenience of description, but unless otherwise stated, they are not unrelated to each other, one part being related to part or all of the others by way of modifications, details and supplementary description.
- Moreover, in the following embodiments, when the number of components is mentioned (including numbers, numerical values, amounts, ranges, etc.), the invention is not limited to these specific numbers, except when otherwise specified or when it is clearly limited to these specific numbers, and it may pertain to numbers which are higher or lower than these specific numbers.
- Further, in the following embodiments, it will be understood that the invention is not necessarily limited to the described component elements (including component steps), except when otherwise specified or when they are clearly indispensable.
- Likewise, in the following embodiments, when referring to shapes and positional relationships of component elements, they shall be understood to include substantially approximate or similar shapes, except when otherwise specified or when this is clearly not the case. This also applies to the above-mentioned numerical values and ranges.
- In all the diagrams used for describing the embodiments, elements having identical functions are assigned the same symbols, and their description is not repeated.
- Moreover, in this embodiment, a Metal Insulator Field Effect Transistor which is representative of field effect transistors is abbreviated to MIS, p channel MISFET is abbreviated to PMIS, and n channel MISFET is abbreviated to NMIS.
- In this
embodiment 1, the application of this invention to a method of fabricating a CMOS (Complementary MOS)-LSI (Large Scale Integrated Circuit), for example, will be described in a sequence of steps with reference toFIG. 1-FIG . 19. - First, as shown in
FIG. 1 for example, after forming adevice isolation slot 2 to a depth of about 350 nm in a semiconductor substrate (henceforth substrate) 1 comprising p type single crystal silicon having a resistivity of about 1-10 Ωcm by photolithography and dry etching, asilicon oxide film 3 is deposited by the CVD method over thesubstrate 1 including the interior of the slot. The surface of thesilicon oxide film 3 overlying the slot is then planarized by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP). This forms a slottype isolation part 2A (trench isolation). Subsequently, after forming a p type well 4 and a n type well 5 by carrying out ion implantation of a p type impurity (boron) and a n type impurity (for example, phosphorus) to thesubstrate 1, agate insulation film 6 of about 6 nm film thickness is formed over the surface of the p type well 4 and n type well 5 by steam oxidation of thesubstrate 1. The film thickness of thegate insulation film 6 here is a silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness, and it may not be in agreement with the actual film thickness. - The
gate insulation film 6 may comprise a silicon oxide/nitride film instead of a silicon oxide film. A silicon oxide/nitride film is more effective than a silicon oxide film in suppressing the generation of interface levels in the film, or reducing electron traps, so a silicon oxide/nitride film can improve the hot carrier resistance of thegate insulation film 6, and can improve its dielectric strength. To form a silicon oxide/nitride film, it is sufficient, for example, to heat thesubstrate 1 in a nitrogen-containing gas atmosphere, such as NO, NO2 or NH3. The same effect is achieved by forming thegate insulation film 6 including silicon oxide in the surface of each of the p type well 4 and n type well 5, heat-treating thesubstrate 1 in the aforesaid nitrogen-containing gas atmospheres, and segregating nitrogen at the interface of thegate insulation film 6 andsubstrate 1. - The
gate insulation film 6 may also be formed of, for example, a silicon nitride film, or a compound film comprising a silicon oxide film and a silicon nitride film. If thegate insulation film 6 comprising silicon oxide is made less than 5 nm, and, more particularly, less than 3 nm in terms of silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness, the decrease of insulation breakdown voltage is remarkable due to generation of a direct tunnel current or hot carriers due to stress. Since the dielectric constant of the silicon nitride film is higher than that of a silicon oxide film, its silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness is thinner than its real film thickness. - That is, even when a silicon nitride film is provided and it is physically thick, approximately the same capacitance as that of a relatively thin silicon dioxide film can be obtained. Therefore, by forming the
gate insulation film 6 from a single silicon nitride film or a compound film of this and silicon oxide, the effective film thickness can be made thicker than that of agate insulation film 6 comprising a silicon oxide film, so a decrease of the insulation breakdown voltage due to generation of tunnel leakage current or hot carriers can be suppressed. Further, it is more difficult for impurities to penetrate a silicon oxide/nitride film than a silicon oxide film; therefore, by forming thegate insulation film 6 from a silicon oxide/nitride film, the fluctuation of threshold voltage resulting from diffusion of impurities of the gate electrode material into the semiconductor substrate can be suppressed. - If the specific inductive capacitance of an insulating film is εi, its film thickness is di and the specific inductive capacitance of silicon oxide is εS, the silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness (hereafter, referred to also as equivalent film thickness) of a single insulating film or a compound insulation film dr is a film thickness defined by the following equation.
-
- For example, the dielectric constants of silicon oxide (SiO2) and silicon nitride (Si3N4) are respectively 4-4.2 and 8. Then, if the dielectric constant of silicon nitride is calculated as twice the dielectric constant of silicon oxide, the silicon dioxide equivalent film thickness of a silicon nitride film of 6 nm film thickness, for example, will be 3 nm. That is, a gate insulation film comprising a silicon nitride film of 6 nm film thickness, and a gate insulation film comprising a silicon oxide film of 3 nm film thickness, have equal capacitance. Moreover, the capacitance of a gate insulation film comprising a compound film comprising a silicon oxide film of 2 nm film thickness and a silicon nitride film of 2 nm film thickness (converted film thickness=1 nm), is the same as the capacitance of a gate insulation film comprising a single silicon oxide film of 3 nm film thickness.
- Next, as shown in
FIG. 2 , agate electrode 7 comprising a low resistance polycrystalline silicon film, WN (tungsten nitride) film, and W (tungsten) film is formed over the upper part of thegate insulation film 6. The polycrystalline silicon film can be formed by CVD, and the WN film and W film can be formed by sputtering. Thegate electrode 7 is formed by the patterning of these deposited films. Thegate electrode 7 may be formed using a deposited film wherein a W silicide film or cobalt (Co) silicide film is deposited over a low resistance polycrystalline silicon film. The material of thegate electrode 7 may also be an alloy of polycrystalline or single crystal silicon (Si) and germanium (Ge). After forming such agate electrode 7, a n−semiconductor region 11 of low impurity concentration is formed in the p type well 4, and a p− semiconductor region 12 of low impurity concentration is formed in the n type well 5 by ion implantation. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 3 , a silicon nitride film is deposited by CVD for example, and aside wall spacer 13 is formed in the side wall of thegate electrode 7 by anisotropic etching. Subsequently, a n+ semiconductor region 14 (source, drain) of high impurity concentration is formed in the p type well 4, and a p+ semiconductor region 15 (source, drain) of high impurity concentration is formed in the n well 5 by ion implantation. The n type impurity is typically phosphorus or arsenic, and the p type impurity is typically boron. Subsequently, metal films such as titanium and cobalt are deposited, andsilicide layers 9 are formed in the surface of the n+ semiconductor region 14 (source, drain) and the surface of the p+ semiconductor region 15 (source, drain) using the so-called salicide method which removes unreacted metal film after heat treatment. The performing of the above steps completes the fabrication of a n channel MISFETQn and p channel MISFETQp. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 4 , asilicon oxide film 18 is deposited over thesubstrate 1 by CVD, and by dry etching thesilicon oxide film 18 using a photoresist film as a mask, acontact hole 20 is formed over the n+ semiconductor region 14 (source, drain), and acontact hole 21 is formed over the p+ semiconductor region 15 (source, drain). Acontact hole 22 is formed also over thegate electrode 7 at this time. - The
silicon oxide film 18 comprises a film with high reflow properties which can be embedded in the narrow space between thegate electrodes - Next, a
plug 23 is formed inside the contact holes 20, 21 and 22. To form theplug 23, for example, a TiN film and a W film are deposited by CVD over the upper part of thesilicon oxide film 18 including the inside of the contact holes 20, 21 and 22. Unnecessary TiN film and unnecessary W film over the upper part of thesilicon oxide film 18 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) or the etch back method, leaving these films only on the insides of the contact holes 20, 21 and 22. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 5 ,W interconnections 24 to 30 which form a first interconnection layer are formed over thesilicon oxide film 18. To form the W interconnections 24 to 30, a W film is for example deposited over the upper part of thesilicon oxide film 18 by sputtering, and the W film is dry etched using a photoresist film as a mask. The first layer ofW interconnections 24 to 30 are electrically connected with the source and drain of the n channel MISFETQn (n+ semiconductor region), source and drain of the p channel MISFETQp (p+ semiconductor region), or thegate electrode 7 through the contact holes 20, 21 and 22. - Next, as shown in
FIGS. 6( a) and 6(b), after depositing thesilicon oxide film 31 over the first layer ofW interconnections 24 to 30, and forming throughholes 32 to 36 in thesilicon oxide film 31 by dry etching using a photoresist film as a mask, aplug 37 is formed in the throughholes 32 to 36.FIG. 6( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of the main surface of the semiconductor substrate, andFIG. 6( b) is a sectional view taken along a line A-A inFIG. 6( a). - The
silicon oxide film 31 is deposited by plasma CVD using for example ozone (or oxygen) and tetraethoxysilane (TEOS) as the source gas. Theplug 37 may also comprise a W film, and is formed by the same method as used for theaforesaid plug 23 formed inside the contact holes 20, 21 and 22. - Next, as shown in
FIGS. 7( a) and 7(b), a thin silicon-nitride film 38 of 50 nm film thickness is deposited by plasma CVD over the upper part of thesilicon oxide film 31, and asilicon oxide film 39 of about 450 nm film thickness is then deposited by plasma CVD over the upper part of thesilicon nitride film 38. Subsequently, thesilicon oxide film 39 andsilicon nitride film 38 overlying the throughholes 32 to 36 are removed by dry etching using a photoresist film as a mask so as to forminterconnection slots 40 to 44.FIG. 7( a) is a plan view of the essential parts of the main surface of the semiconductor substrate, andFIG. 7( b) is a sectional view taken along line A-A inFIG. 7( a). - To form the
interconnection slots 40 to 44, thesilicon oxide film 39 is first selectively etched using thesilicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper, and then thesilicon nitride film 38 is etched. By forming the thinsilicon nitride film 38 underneath thesilicon oxide film 39 in which theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 are formed, temporarily stopping the etching at the surface of thissilicon nitride film 38 and then etching thesilicon nitride film 38, the depth can be controlled with high precision without producing over-etching of theinterconnection slots 40 to 44. - Next, the embedded Cu interconnection, which is the second interconnection layer, is formed by the following method inside the
interconnection slots 40 to 44. - First, as shown in
FIG. 8 , after depositing a thin TiN (titanium nitride)film 45 over the upper part of thesilicon oxide film 39 including the inside of theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 by sputtering, aCu film 46 of a film thickness sufficiently larger than the depth of theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 (for example, about 800 nm) is deposited over the upper part of theTiN film 45 by sputtering. For the sputtering of thisTiN film 45 andCu film 46, the usual sputtering methods may be used, and highly directional sputtering methods, such as long throw sputtering and collimate sputtering, may also be used. - Then, by heat-treating the
substrate 1, for example in a non-oxidizing atmosphere (for example, a hydrogen atmosphere) at about 475° C., reflow of theCu film 46 is performed to embed theCu film 46 inside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 without any gaps. Herein, theCu film 46 was formed by sputtering and then embedded by reflow, but instead a thin Cu film may be formed by sputtering, and a Cu film of high purity corresponding to theCu film 46 subsequently formed by plating. - The
TiN film 45 has the function of preventing diffusion of Cu. TheTiN film 45 also has the function of improving the adhesive properties of theCu film 46 andsilicon oxide film 39. TheTiN film 45 further has the function of increasing the wettability of theCu film 46 at the time of reflow of theCu film 46. - In this
Embodiment 1, although a case has been described where the thickness of the thickest part of theTiN film 45 was 50 nm, according to results obtained by the Inventors, it is clear that thisTiN film 45 can be made still thinner or eliminated. This will be described later with reference toEmbodiment 6 and subsequent embodiments. - It is preferable to use high melting point metal nitrides which hardly react with Cu, such as WN, and TaN (tantalum nitride), instead of TiN as the film having such functions. Moreover, materials wherein Si is added to high melting point metal nitrides or high melting point metals such as Ta, Ti, W or TiW alloy which cannot react easily with Cu, can also be used instead of TiN.
- Next, the
Cu film 46 andTiN film 45 are polished by the above CMP method. An example of the overall construction of the CMP apparatus used for this polishing step is shown inFIG. 9 . - This
CMP apparatus 100 is a single wafer treatment CMP apparatus used for polishing theCu film 46. It comprises aloader 120, which accommodatesplural substrates 1 having theCu film 46 formed in the surface; a polishingtreatment part 130 which polishes and planarizes theCu film 46; ananticorrosion treatment part 140, which applies anticorrosion treatment to the surface of thesubstrate 1 that has received polishing treatment; animmersion part 150, which ensures that the surface does not dry until thesubstrate 1, which has received anticorrosion treatment, is subjected to post-washing; apost-washing part 160, which post-washes thesubstrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment; and anunloader 170, which accommodatesplural substrates 1 that have been subjected to post-washing. - As shown in
FIG. 10 , the polishingtreatment part 130 of theCMP apparatus 100 comprises aframe 101 of which the upper part is open, and a polishing plate (platen) 104 driven by amotor 103 is attached to the upper end of arotation shaft 102 that is attached to thisframe 101. Apolishing pad 105, which is formed by uniformly attaching a synthetic resin having plural pores, is attached to the surface of this polishingplate 104. - This polishing
treatment part 130 is equipped with awafer carrier 106 for retaining thesubstrate 1. Adrive shaft 107, to which thewafer carrier 106 is attached, is driven by a motor, not shown, together with thewafer carrier 106, and moves up and down above the polishingplate 104. - The
substrate 1 is retained in thewafer carrier 106, with its main surface, i.e., polished surface, facing down, by a vacuum adsorption mechanism, not shown, provided in thewafer carrier 106. Adepression 106 a, in which thesubstrate 1 is accommodated, is formed at the lower end of thewafer carrier 106; and, when thesubstrate 1 is accommodated in thisdepression 106 a, the surface to be polished is almost flush with or slightly protrudes from the underside surface of thewafer carrier 106. - A
slurry supply pipe 108 for supplying a polishing slurry (S) between the surface of thepolishing pad 105 and the surface of thesubstrate 1 to be polished, is provided above the polishingplate 104, and the surface of thesubstrate 1 to be polished is polished chemically and mechanically by the polishing slurry (S) supplied from its lower end. The main components of the polishing slurry (S) are abrasive particles, such as alumina, and oxidizing agents, such as hydrogen peroxide water or aqueous ferrous nitrate solution, these being dispersed or dissolved in water. - The polishing
treatment part 130 comprises a dresser 109, which is a tool for dressing the surface of the polishing pad. This dresser is attached to the lower end of adrive shaft 110 which moves up and down above the polishingplate 104 and is driven in rotation by a motor, not shown. - In the
anticorrosion treatment part 140, the surface of thesubstrate 1, which has received polishing treatment, then receives anticorrosion treatment. Theanticorrosion treatment part 140 has a construction similar to that of the polishingtreatment part 130. Here, after the main surface of thesubstrate 1 is pushed against the polishing pad attached to the surface of the polishing plate (platen) to remove the polishing slurry mechanically, a hydrophobic protective film is formed in the surface part of the Cu interconnection formed over the main surface of thesubstrate 1 by supplying a chemical solution containing an anticorrosion agent, such as benzotriazole (BTA), to the main surface of thesubstrate 1. - In mechanical cleaning (pre-washing) of the polishing slurry, as shown for example in
FIG. 11 , both sides of thesubstrate 1, rotated in a horizontal plane, are gripped bycylindrical brushes substrate 1 are simultaneously washed while thebrushes substrate 1. In the anticorrosion treatment after pre-washing, by performing a pure water scrub wash, pure water ultrasonic cleaning, pure water cleaning with running water or pure water spin washing prior to or at the same time as anticorrosion treatment, the oxidizing agent in the polishing slurry which adhered to the main surface of thesubstrate 1 in the polishingtreatment part 130 is completely removed, and the hydrophobic protective film is formed under conditions in which the oxidizing agent has no substantial effect. - The
substrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment is temporarily held by theimmersion treatment part 150 in order to prevent dryness of the surface. Theimmersion treatment part 150 is intended to stop the surface of thesubstrate 1 which has received anticorrosion treatment from drying until the post-washing stage, and it has a construction in which, for example, a predetermined plural number of thesubstrates 1 are immersed in an immersion tank (stocker) overflowing with pure water. At this time, the corrosion of the Cu interconnections 28 to 30 can be further definitively prevented by supplying pure water, cooled to a low temperature at which the electrochemical corrosion reaction of the Cu interconnections 28 to 30 does not proceed to any great extent, to the immersion tank. - The dryness of the
substrate 1 may be prevented by methods other than storage in the above-mentioned immersion tank, such as, for example, a pure water shower, provided that the surface of thesubstrate 1 can at least be maintained in the wet state. - The
substrate 1 transported to thepost-washing treatment part 160 is immediately given a post-washing, where the wet state of the surface is maintained. Here, after scrub washing (or brush washing) the surface of thesubstrate 1, while supplying weak alkaline chemical solutions, such as a washing liquid containing NH40H, to neutralize the oxidizing agent, an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution is supplied to the surface of thesubstrate 1 to remove foreign matter (particles) by etching. Also, the surface of thesubstrate 1 may be subjected to a pure water scrub wash, pure water ultrasonic cleaning, pure water cleaning with running water or a pure water spin wash, and the undersurface of thesubstrate 1 subjected to a pure water scrub wash, prior to or at the same time as the aforesaid scrub wash. - After a pure water rinse and spin drying, the
substrate 1 which has received the post-washing is accommodated in theunloader 170 in the dry state and is transported in plural units to the following step. - In addition, the immersion treatment part (wafer storage part) 150 for preventing surface dryness of the
substrate 1, which has received anticorrosion treatment, may be given a shielded structure so that the surface of thesubstrate 1 under storage can be prevented from being irradiated by lighting, as shown inFIG. 12 . This can prevent generation of short-circuit currents by the photovoltaic effect. When theimmersion treatment part 150 is given a shielded structure, the area around the immersion tank (stocker) is covered with a shield, etc., so that the illuminance inside the immersion tank (stocker) does not exceed 500 lux, preferably does not exceed 300 lux, and more preferably does not exceed 100 lux. - As shown in
FIG. 13 , immediately after polishing, i.e., before the electrochemical corrosion reaction by the oxidizing agent in the polishing slurry remaining on the surface starts, thesubstrate 1 may be immediately transported to the drying treatment part, and the moisture in the polishing slurry removed by forced drying. TheCMP apparatus 200 shown inFIG. 13 comprises aloader 220, which accommodatesplural substrates 1 having a Cu film formed over the surface; a polishingtreatment part 230, which polishes and planarizes the Cu film and forms interconnections; a dryingtreatment part 240, which dries the surface of thesubstrate 1 that has received polishing treatment; apost-washing treatment part 250, which carries out post-washing of thesubstrate 1; and anunloader 260, which accommodatesplural substrates 1 that have received post-washing. In the Cu interconnection forming process using thisCMP apparatus 200, thesubstrate 1 subjected to polishing treatment in the polishingtreatment part 230 is transported to the dryingtreatment part 240 immediately after the polishing treatment, i.e., before the electrochemical corrosion reaction due to the oxidizing agent in the polishing slurry remaining on the surface starts, and the moisture in the polishing slurry is removed by forced drying. Then, thesubstrate 1 is transported to thepost-washing treatment part 250 while the dry state is maintained, and after it is given a post-washing treatment, it is accommodated in theunloader 260 after a pure water rinse and spin drying. In this case, since the surface of thesubstrate 1 is maintained in the dry state immediately, after polishing treatment until post-washing is started, the start of the electrochemical corrosion reaction is suppressed, and corrosion of the Cu interconnections can thus be effectively prevented. - After the polishing step in this CMP method, the
Cu film 46 andTiN film 45 over thesilicon oxide film 39 are removed, and, as shown inFIG. 14 , Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e are formed in theinterconnection slots 40 to 44. - Next, plasma treatment is given to the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e and
silicon oxide film 39.FIG. 15( a) is a sectional view andFIG. 15( b) is a plan view showing an example of the apparatus used for plasma treatment. This plasma treatment is disclosed by Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-226876 submitted by the Inventors. - In this treatment apparatus, two
treatment chambers cassette interface 303 are attached to aload lock chamber 301. Arobot 304 which transports thesubstrate 1 is provided in theload lock chamber 301. Agate valve 305 is provided between theload lock chamber 301 andtreatment chambers load lock chamber 301 can be maintained. - A susceptor 306 which holds the
substrate 1, abaffle plate 307 which adjusts the gas flow, a supportingmember 308 which supports the susceptor 306, a mesh-shapedelectrode 309 disposed facing the susceptor 306 and an insulatingplate 310 disposed substantially opposite thebaffle plate 307, are arranged in thetreatment chambers plate 310 has an action which suppresses parasitic discharges in unnecessary regions other than between the susceptor 306 andelectrode 309. Alamp 312 is installed in areflective unit 311, arranged on the rear side of the susceptor 306, andinfrared rays 313 emitted by thelamp 312 pass through aquartz aperture 314 to irradiate the susceptor 306 andsubstrate 1. Thereby, thesubstrate 1 is heated. Thesubstrate 1 is installed face up on the susceptor 306. - The interior of the
treatment chambers gas port 315. The treatment gas is supplied to the vicinity of thesubstrate 1 via the mesh-shapedelectrode 309. The treatment gas is evacuated from avacuum manifold 316, and the pressure is controlled by controlling the supply flow rate and discharge rate of treatment gas. The high frequency power is applied to theelectrode 309, and it generates a plasma between the susceptor 306 andelectrode 309. The high frequency power uses, for example, a frequency of 13.56 MHz. - In the
treatment chamber 302 a, the ammonia plasma treatment to be described below is performed, for example. In thetreatment chamber 302 b, a cap film (silicon nitride film) to be described later is deposited. Thetreatment chamber 302 a andtreatment chamber 302 b are connected via theload lock chamber 301, so the substrate can be transported to thetreatment chamber 302 b without vacuum breakdown after ammonia plasma treatment, and ammonia plasma treatment and forming of the cap film may be performed continuously. - Next, ammonia plasma treatment is performed on the
substrate 1 using the aforesaid plasma treatment apparatus. Thesubstrate 1 is transported into theload lock chamber 301 by therobot 304 from thecassette interface 303. Theload lock chamber 301 is evacuated until the pressure is sufficiently reduced, and thesubstrate 1 is then transported to thetreatment chamber 302 a by therobot 304. - The
gate valve 305 of the treatment chamber 302 is closed, and after evacuating thetreatment chamber 302 a until it is at a sufficient degree of vacuum, ammonia gas is introduced to thetreatment chambers 302 a and is maintained at a predetermined pressure by pressure adjustment. - Subsequently, as shown in
FIG. 16 , an electric field is applied to theelectrode 309 from the high frequency power supply, and the surface of thesubstrate 1 is plasma treated. After a predetermined time has elapsed, the high frequency field is stopped and the plasma is stopped. Subsequently, the interior of thetreatment chamber 302 a is evacuated, thegate valve 305 is opened and thesubstrate 1 is transported to theload lock chamber 301 by therobot 304. Theload lock chamber 301 is maintained at a high level of vacuum so that the surface of thesubstrate 1 is not exposed to the atmosphere. - When the size of the
substrate 1 is eight inches about 20 cm), for example, plasma treatment conditions may be pressure 5.0 Torr (=6.6661×102 Pa), RF power 600 W,substrate temperature 400° C.,ammonia flow rate 200 sccm andtreatment time 10 seconds. The inter-electrode distance was 600 mils. The plasma treatment conditions are of course not the limited to those shown here. - According to experiments performed by the Inventors, the higher the pressure, the more the plasma damage can be reduced, the higher the substrate temperature is; while the scatter in the substrate regarding TDDB life is reduced and longer will be the life that is obtained. It was also observed that a hillock occurs more easily on the Cu surface, the higher the substrate temperature is, the larger the RF power is and the longer the treatment time is. In view of these observations and the scatter in the conditions due to the construction of the apparatus, the pressure may be set to 0.5-6 Torr (=0.6666 1×102 to 7.99932×102 Pa), the RF power to 300-600 W, the substrate temperature to 350-450° C., the ammonia flow rate to 20-500 sccm, the treatment time to 5-180 seconds, and the inter-electrode distance to 300-600 mils.
- By performing plasma treatment on the surface of the
copper interconnections 46 a to 46 e andsilicon oxide film 39, silicon nitride films of base layer material may be formed in very thin regions of the surfaces of thecopper interconnections 46 a to 46 e and silicon oxide film. Hence, the adhesion between the cap film (silicon nitride film), which will be described next, the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e and thesilicon oxide film 39 can be improved, and TDDB life can be remarkably enhanced. - This point will be described in more detail later together with an analysis of the experimental results obtained by the Inventors.
- Next, the
substrate 1 is transported to thetreatment chamber 302 b using therobot 304. The gate valve 305 b of thetreatment chamber 302 b is closed, and after evacuating thetreatment chamber 302 b to a sufficient degree of vacuum, a mixture of silane (SiH4), ammonia and nitrogen is introduced to thetreatment chamber 302 b, and the pressure is maintained at a predetermined pressure by performing pressure adjustment. Subsequently, a plasma is generated by applying an electric field to theelectrode 309 from the high frequency power supply; and, as shown inFIG. 17 , a silicon nitride film 47 (cap film) is deposited over the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e andsilicon nitride film 39. After a predetermined time has elapsed, the high frequency field is stopped and the plasma is stopped. Subsequently, the interior of theprocessing chamber 302 b is evacuated, thegate valve 305 is opened and thesubstrate 1 is transported to theload lock chamber 301 by therobot 304. Thesubstrate 1 is further discharged into thecassette interface 303 by therobot 304. - The film thickness of the
silicon nitride film 47 may be 50 nm, for example. Subsequently, a silicon oxide film is formed so as to form a plug connecting a third interconnection layer and second interconnection layer (Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e), the third and subsequent embedded copper interconnections being formed by the same method as described above.FIG. 18 shows the overall flow of the process for forming the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e. -
FIG. 19 shows an example of a CMOS-LSI in which interconnections are formed up to a seventh interconnection layer. The first interconnection layer (M1) comprises a tungsten film as described above. The film thickness of the first interconnection layer and the line pitch (distance between centers of adjacent interconnections) are, for example, of the order of 0.4 μm or 0.25 μm. - The second interconnection layer (M2) to the fifth interconnection layer (M5) are fabricated by the above method of forming Cu interconnections. The thickness of the TiN film of the second interconnection layer (M2) and third interconnection layer (M3) is, for example, of the order of 0.05 μm, the thickness of the Cu film is, for example, of the order of 0.35 μm, and the line width and line pitch are, for example, of the order of 0.5 μm or 0.25 μm. The thickness of the TiN film of the fourth interconnection layer (M4) and fifth interconnection layer (M5) is, for example, of the order of 0.05 μm, the thickness of the Cu film is, for example, of the order of 0.95 μm, and the line width and line pitch are, for example, of the order of 1.0 μm or 0.25 μm.
- The sixth interconnection layer (M6) may, for example, have a three layer composition of tungsten film, alumina film and tungsten film. The seventh interconnection layer (M7) comprises, for example, an aluminum film. A pad electrode is formed on or a bonding wire is connected to a pad of the seventh interconnection layer (M7), but this is not shown in the diagram. One reason why the seventh interconnection layer (M7) is comprised of a laminated film of alumina and tungsten, is that this laminated film is used as the uppermost layer of ordinary semiconductor integrated circuit devices not employing a Damascene interconnection structure, and connections to bump electrodes or bonding wires have been found to be reliable from experience.
- The diameter of the through hole connecting the first interconnection layer M1 and second interconnection layer M2 may be of the order of 0.45 μm or 0.25 μm, for example. The diameter of the through hole connecting the second interconnection layer M2 and third interconnection layer M3 may be of the order of 0.5 μm or 0.25 μm, for example. The diameter of the through hole connecting the third interconnection layer M3 and fourth interconnection layer M4 may be of the order of 0.5 μm or 0.25 μm, for example. The diameter of the through hole connecting the fourth interconnection layer M4 and fifth interconnection layer M5 may be of the order of 1.0 μm or 0.25 μm, for example. The diameter of the through hole connecting the fifth interconnection layer M5 and sixth interconnection layer M6 may be of the order of 0.5 μm or 0.25 μm, for example.
- According to this embodiment, the TDDB life is largely improved.
FIG. 20 is a graph showing the TDDB life of a TEG sample formed in the same layer as the second interconnection layer M2 (Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e) of this embodiment, the data for this embodiment being shown by a line A. As a comparison, TDDB life data (the line Ref) when ammonia plasma treatment is not performed is also shown. As is clear from the diagram, according to this embodiment, a life improvement of approximately six orders of magnitude is found compared to the comparison data. -
FIG. 21 shows data (line B) when thesilicon oxide film 39 used in this embodiment is replaced by a hard silicon nitride film which has a finer construction. Even when the insulating film is replaced by silicon nitride, if ammonia plasma treatment is not performed, there is no difference whatsoever from the case where a silicon oxide film is used (line Ref). On the other hand, if a silicon nitride film is used as the insulating film and ammonia plasma treatment is performed, TDDB life is improved more than in the present embodiment. However, the amount of this improvement is not large, and it is seen that the performing of ammonia plasma treatment is the determining factor. - This shows that the factors which determine TDDB life are more predominantly governed by the interface of the insulating film than by its bulk.
- The Inventors performed a surface examination of copper and silicon oxide films to analyze the mechanism whereby TDDB life is improved by ammonium plasma treatment. The results of this analysis will now be described.
-
FIG. 22( a)-FIG. 24( d) are graphs showing the results of an XPS (X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy) of a Cu interconnection surface.FIGS. 22( a), 22(c), 23(a), 23(c), 24(a), and 24(c) show spectral results for Cu2p, andFIGS. 22( b), 22(d), 23(b), 23(d), 24(b), and 24(d) show the spectral results for N1s. -
FIGS. 22( a), 22(b) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface in the as-deposited state. Since a peak was observed due to Cu2p and the peak due to N1s is of the same level as background noise, it is seen that nitrogen is not present in the as-deposited Cu film.FIGS. 22( c), 22(d) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface immediately after CMP alone was performed on the Cu film. Here, a N1s peak is observed together with the peak due to Cu2p. As the slurry contains BTA as described above, it may be conjectured that nitrogen in the BTA remaining on the Cu surface is being observed.FIGS. 23( a), 23(b) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface up to the stage where post-washing is performed after CMP. There is no change in the Cu2p peak, but the N1s peak declines. This is probably due to the removal of BTA by washing.FIGS. 23( c), 23(d) show the results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface which was left for 24 hours in the atmosphere after post-washing. A CuO peak is observed together with the Cu2p peak. No change is however observed in the N1s peak. Thus, leaving the sample in the atmosphere caused oxidation of the Cu surface to produce CuO. - The results of analyzing the Cu interconnection surface when ammonia plasma treatment was performed on the Cu interconnection oxidized in this way are shown in
FIGS. 24( a), 24(b). The peak due to CuO almost disappears. On the other hand, the peak due to N1s is clearly visible. This is probably due to the fact the Cu surface was reduced, oxygen was removed and the surface was nitridized. As a comparison, the Cu interconnection surface was analyzed when hydrogen annealing at 350° C. was performed on the oxidized Cu interconnection. The results are shown inFIGS. 24( c), 24(d). ComparingFIG. 24( c) withFIG. 24( a), the Cu2p peak is closer to the as-deposited state (FIG. 22( a)), so it would appear that hydrogen annealing has a strong reducing action. On the other hand, the N1s peak is hardly observed at all, thus only the Cu surface is reduced by hydrogen annealing. - From the above results, it is seen that the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e is reduced and a nitride film is formed by ammonia plasma treatment. This nitride film prevents reaction between silane contained in the raw material gas and copper when the silicon nitride film is deposited after ammonia plasma treatment, and it evidently has the effect of suppressing the formation of copper silicide. Prevention of silicide formation has the effect of suppressing an increase of the interconnection resistance.
-
FIGS. 25( a) to 25(f) are graphs showing the results of performing an XPS analysis of a silicon oxide film surface.FIGS. 26( a) to 26(d) andFIGS. 27( a) to (d) are graphs showing the result of performing a mass spectrum (TDS-APIMS) analysis of a silicon oxide film. The analysis of the silicon oxide film was performed for the State up to washing after CMP (profile C), the State where hydrogen plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile D), the state where ammonia plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile E), and the state where nitrogen plasma treatment was performed after CMP post-washing (profile F). The shift in the high-energy direction of about 1 eV in profile C is due to a charge-up effect. -
FIGS. 25( a), 25(b) show observed data for Si2p spectra.FIG. 25( a) shows an analysis at a depth of about 10 nm, andFIG. 25( b) shows an analysis at a depth of about 2 nm.FIGS. 25( c), 25(d), 25(e) show observed data for N1s, O1s, C1s spectra. - In
FIG. 25( b), a broad peak is observed (vicinity of 102 eV) at a low energy of hydrogen plasma treatment (profile D). This is probably due to the presence of Si—H bonds, and the formation of Si—H on the silicon oxide film surface due to the hydrogen plasma treatment. - In
FIG. 25( a), the peak at 105 eV for ammonia plasma treatment (profile E) and nitrogen plasma treatment (profile F) has become an asymmetrical peak broadened towards the low energy side. The peak in the asymmetrical part (103.5 eV) is probably due to Si—O—N bonds. It may be conjectured that the surface of the silicon oxide film was nitrided by the ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment. Also, from a comparison ofFIG. 25( a) andFIG. 25( b), it appears that nitriding is stronger on the surface. The nitriding due to ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment can be confirmed also fromFIG. 25( c). - In
FIG. 25( e), in hydrogen plasma treatment (profile D), almost no carbon is detected. This means that organic substances on the surface are removed by hydrogen plasma treatment. Also, the peak at 289 eV after CMP (profile C) is thought to be due to C-0 bonds. It appears that some slurry remains after CMP. -
FIG. 25( f) calculates the population ratio of Si peaks and N peaks, and shows an estimated value for the N amount. It would appear that effectively the same amount of nitriding takes place in both ammonia plasma treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment. -
FIGS. 26( a), 26(b), 26(c), 26(d) are graphs which respectively show a measure of mass number 41 (Ar—H), mass number 27 (C2H3), mass number 57 (C4H9) and mass number 59 (C3H7O)FIGS. 27( a), 27(b), 27(c), 27(d) are graphs which respectively show a measure of mass number 28 (Si, C2H4), mass number 44 (SiO, C3H6), mass number 29 (SiH, C2H5) and mass number 31 (SiH3). - In
FIG. 26( a), there is almost no difference in the hydrogen desorption amount due to plasma treatment, and the desorption temperature of hydrogen plasma treatment (profile D) is low at 520° C. compared to other cases where it is 560° C. - From
FIGS. 26( a), 26(b), 26(c), desorption of organic substances can be observed in all processes. However, inFIGS. 27( a)-27(d), peaks other than those due to desorption of organic substances are observed. Specifically, peaks at 300-400° C. are probably due to Si, SiO, SiH and SiH3. Comparing the diagrams, breakup of SiO is observed in hydrogen, ammonia and nitrogen plasma treatments, but breakup of SiH, SiH3 is hardly observed at all in ammonia plasma treatment. This is because Si—O—N bonds are formed by ammonia plasma treatment, and these break up at a relatively low energy. Regarding the energy required for breakup, this energy is highest for nitrogen plasma treatment, and effectively identical for hydrogen plasma treatment and ammonia plasma treatment. - From these results, it appears that Si—OH and Si—O which give rise to dangling bonds on the silicon oxide film surface are terminated by weak Si—O—N bonds due to ammonia plasma treatment. In the process for forming a silicon nitride film after ammonia plasma treatment, Si—O—N which is present only on the surface breaks up, and Si—O bonds in the bulk bonds firmly to Si—N in the silicon nitride film to form a continuous interface. This appears to be the mechanism whereby the adhesion properties of the interface are improved. On the other hand, if ammonia plasma treatment is not performed, the surface of the silicon oxide film which originally comprises a large number of Si—OH bonds undergoes a condensation reaction with ammonia which is the raw material gas of the silicon nitride film, and a large number of Si—O bonds leading to dangling bonds appear to be formed. If large numbers of such dangling bonds are present at the interface between the silicon oxide film and the silicon nitride film, they will form a leakage path, giving rise to a leakage current between the interconnections and causing insulation breakdown.
- From the above analysis, the surfaces of oxidized Cu interconnections are reduced by ammonia plasma treatment and converted to elemental Cu. This produces an electrical state which is more stable than that of ionized copper; and, since a continuous, strong film is formed at the silicon oxide film/silicon nitride film interface, the leakage current decreases, and TDDB life is largely improved.
- The Inventors took TEM photographs of the interface between the interconnection layer and silicon nitride film (cap film) when ammonia plasma treatment was performed and when it was not. As a result, in the case of this embodiment where ammonia plasma treatment was performed, a thin coating was found to be present at the interface. This film and coating evidently comprise the aforesaid silicon nitride layer. On the other hand, when ammonia plasma treatment was not performed, this coating was not observed.
- Further, according to this embodiment, the resistance of the Cu interconnection can be decreased.
FIG. 28 shows the measurement results of interconnection resistance when various types of treatment were performed. In the case of no treatment (no plasma treatment) or when ammonia plasma treatment was performed, a significantly lower value was found compared to other cases (hydrogen plasma treatment, hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment).FIG. 29 andFIG. 30 show trace outlines of TEM photographs of the interface between the Cu interconnection and the cap film (silicon nitride film) when these treatments were carried out. - When no treatment is performed or in the case of ammonia plasma treatment (
FIG. 29 ), no special features are observed in the interface, but in the case of hydrogen annealing and nitrogen plasma treatment (FIG. 30 ), a copper silicide (CuSi) layer is formed at the interface. It is probable that this silicide layer leads to an increase of the resistance. This silicide layer is formed by reaction with silane gas when the silicon nitride film is formed, but when ammonia plasma treatment is carried out, a very thin nitride film is formed over the Cu surface, and this nitride film probably acts as a blocking layer which prevents silicide formation. On the other hand, when the upper surface is merely reduced as in the case of hydrogen annealing, an active Cu surface is exposed which promotes reaction with silicon, and this would easily lead to the formation of a silicide layer. In the case of hydrogen plasma treatment (FIG. 30 at part (c)), no product at all is observed at the interface. However, in many cases such products would not be formed, and in the case of hydrogen plasma treatment, the amount of silicide formation is probably small. - From the above analysis results, the Inventors arrived for the first time at the following model which appears to represent the mechanism behind the deterioration of TDDB life.
FIG. 31( a) shows a schematic view of the mechanism of TDDB deterioration, andFIG. 31( b) shows the energy band involved. Specifically, when the ammonia plasma treatment of this embodiment is not performed, copper oxide (CuO) is formed on the surface of the Cu interconnection which influences subsequent surface processes, and copper silicide (a copper compound) is formed when the cap film (silicon nitride film 47) is formed. This copper oxide or copper suicide is more easily ionized than pure copper, and the ionized copper drifts due to the field between interconnections so as to diffuse into the insulating film between interconnections. - Further, when the ammonia plasma treatment of this embodiment is not performed, a large amount of CMP damage, organic substances or dangling bonds occur at the interface between the insulating film (silicon oxide film 39) formed by the embedding of the copper interconnections, and the cap film (silicon nitride film 47), so the interface is discontinuous and has poor adhesion properties. These dangling bonds also assist the diffusion of copper ions, so copper ions drift and diffuse along the interface. In other words, a leakage path is formed in the interface between interconnections. The leakage current flowing in the leak path, together with the long-term leakage effect and thermal stress due to the current, lead to a rapid increase in the magnitude of the current and causes insulation breakdown (reduction of TDDB life).
-
FIGS. 32( a), 32(b) show a schematic view of the mechanism for improving TDDB life and the energy bands involved when the aforesaid ammonia plasma treatment is performed. In this embodiment, as ammonia plasma treatment is applied to the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e, the oxide layer on the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e is reduced and removed, and a thin nitride film is formed over the surface of the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e. Hence, copper silicide is not formed when thesilicon nitride film 47 is formed. As a result, the substances which mainly supply the copper ions leading to leakage and insulation breakdown are eliminated. In this embodiment, as the ammonia plasma treatment is applied to the surface of thesilicon oxide film 39, the connection with thesilicon nitride film 47 becomes continuous, the density of dangling bonds is reduced and leakage path formation is suppressed. The surface of thesilicon oxide film 39 can also be kept clean. Therefore, in this embodiment, the generation of copper ions which lead to a reduction of TDDB life is suppressed, and a joining interface is formed between thesilicon oxide film 39 andsilicon nitride film 47 which can suppress diffusion of copper. In this way, TDDB life can be enhanced. - From the aforesaid analysis, it would appear that TDDB life can probably be improved even by hydrogen plasma treatment. Specifically, due to hydrogen plasma treatment, the Cu surface is reduced, and dangling bonds, such as Si—O or Si—OH, which are their precursors, are terminated by Si—H. Thus, when the silicon nitride film is formed, Si—H, which is a weak bond on the surface, breaks up and is replaced by Si—N. In this way, a continuous interface is formed between the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film, although the interconnection resistance increases as noted above.
-
FIG. 33 is a graph showing TDDB life data when hydrogen plasma treatment is performed. For reference purposes, the line Ref (no treatment) and the line A (ammonia plasma treatment) are also shown. It is seen that in hydrogen plasma treatment (line C), TDDB life is vastly improved. In the case of hydrogen plasma treatment, it might be expected that there would be less plasma damage, and this might be expected to be extremely useful when another material can be used as the cap film instead of the silicon nitride film which does not give reaction products with Cu. In nitrogen plasma treatment (line D), TDDB life declines on the other hand. As can be seen also fromFIGS. 26( a) to 26(d) andFIGS. 27( a) to 27(d), this is probably due to increased adhesion of organic substances caused by the nitrogen plasma treatment. - In this embodiment, adhesion properties between the
Cu interconnections 46 a-46,silicon oxide film 39 andcap film 47 are improved, so the peeling strength at the interface increases, and the margin becomes larger. - The invention is not limited to single gases, such as ammonia and hydrogen, and treatment may be performed using mixed gas plasmas with inert gases, such as nitrogen, argon and helium. More specifically, gas mixtures of ammonia with hydrogen, nitrogen, argon or helium, or gas mixtures of hydrogen with ammonia, nitrogen, argon or helium may be used. Further, gas mixtures of multi-element systems may also be used comprising three or four elements selected from these gases. In this case, the amount of hydrogen or ammonia, or the sum of hydrogen and ammonia, must be at least 5% relative to the total flow rate (mass flow rate).
- A method of fabricating a CMOS-LSI according to a second embodiment of this invention will now be described with reference to a process sequence shown
FIG. 34 toFIG. 43 . - The initial steps of the method of fabrication according to this second embodiment are identical to the steps shown in
FIG. 1 toFIG. 8 ofEmbodiment 1. In other words, the steps of the method are the same up to the Cu film deposition step. For this reason, only the processes following the CMP step will be described in detail. -
FIG. 34 is a schematic view showing the overall construction of a CMP apparatus using an embedded Cu interconnection. As shown in the figure, theCMP apparatus 400 comprises a polishingtreatment part 401 and apost-washing part 402 provided in a later stage. Two platens (first platen 403A,second platen 403B) which perform polishing treatment of the wafer (substrate) 1, aclean station 404 which performs preliminary washing of thesubstrate 1 when the polishing step is completed and gives anticorrosion treatment to the surface, and arotating arm 405 which displaces thesubstrate 1 between theloader 406,first platen 403A,second platen 403B,clean station 404 andunloader 407, are provided in the polishingtreatment part 401. - In the later stage of the polishing
treatment part 401, thepost-washing part 402 is provided which scrub-washes the surface of thesubstrate 1 for which preliminary washing has been completed. In thepost-washing part 402, aloader 408,first washing part 409A,second washing part 409B, spin drier 410 andunloader 411 are provided. Further, to prevent the surface of thesubstrate 1 from being irradiated by light while it is being washed, the whole of thepost-washing part 402 is enclosed by a shieldingwall 430 so that the interior is maintained in the dark at 180 Lux, or preferably 100 Lux or less. This is because, when light irradiates a surface of thesubstrate 1 on which a polishing solution has adhered in the wet state, a short-circuit current flows in the pn junction due to the photo-induced current in the silicon, and Cu ions dissociate from the surface of the Cu interconnection connected to the p side (+ side) of the pn junction, which causes interconnection corrosion. - As shown in
FIG. 35 , thefirst platen 403A is rotated in a horizontal plane by adrive mechanism 412 provided underneath it. Apolishing pad 413 formed by attaching a synthetic resin, such as polyurethane, having plural air holes is evenly attached to the upper surface of thefirst platen 403A. Awafer carrier 415, which performs an up/down motion and is rotated in a horizontal plane by adrive mechanism 414, is disposed above thefirst platen 403A. Thesubstrate 1 is held, so that its main face (surface to be polished) is facing downwards, by awafer chuck 416 andretainer ring 417 provided at the lower end of thewafer carrier 415, and it is pushed against thepolishing pad 413 under a predetermined load. A slurry (polishing fluid) S is supplied via afeed pipe 418 between the surface of thepolishing pad 413 and the surface to be polished of thesubstrate 1, and the surface to be polished of thesubstrate 1 is chemically and mechanically polished therewith. Adresser 420, which performs an up/down motion and is rotated in a horizontal plane by adrive mechanism 419, is disposed above thefirst platen 403A. A base material on which diamond particles are deposited is attached at the lower end of thedresser 420, the surface of thepolishing pad 413 being periodically machined by this base material to prevent blocking due to abrasive polishing particles. Thesecond platen 403B has an effectively identical construction to thefirst platen 403A except that two slurry feed pipes 418A, 418B are provided. - To form the Cu interconnection using the
CMP apparatus 400, thesubstrate 1 housed in theloader 406 is transported to the polishingtreatment part 401 by therotating arm 405; and, as shown inFIG. 36 , above thefirst platen 403A, chemical mechanical polishing (abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing) (first step CMP) is performed using a slurry not containing abrasive particles to remove theCu film 46 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 (FIG. 37 ). - Here, abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing refers to chemical mechanical polishing using a polishing fluid (slurry) wherein the content of abrasive particles including alumina and silica does not exceed 0.5 wt %. In the polishing fluid, it is preferred that the content of abrasive particles does not exceed 0.1 wt %, and more preferable that it does not exceed 0.05 wt % or 0.01 wt %.
- A polishing fluid is used having a pH which is adjusted so as to be within the Cu corrosion region, and the composition is adjusted so that the polishing selectivity ratio of the
Cu film 46 relative to the TiN film 45 (barrier layer) is not less than 5. An example of such a polishing fluid is a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and an organic acid. The oxidizing agent may be hydrogen peroxide, aluminum hydroxide, ammonium nitrate or ammonium chloride, and the organic acid may be citric acid, malonic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, adipic acid, benzoic acid, phthalic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid or succinic acid. Of these, hydrogen peroxide does not contain any metal component and is not a strong acid, so it is suitable as an oxidizing agent for use in the polishing fluid. Citric acid is generally used as a food additive, has a low toxicity, does not give rise to much environmental pollution, has no odor and has high solubility in water, so it is suitable as an organic acid for use in the polishing fluid. In this embodiment, a polishing fluid is used wherein, for example, 5 vol % of hydrogen peroxide and 0.03 wt % of citric acid are added to pure water, and the abrasive particle content is arranged to be less than 0.01 wt %. - When chemical mechanical polishing is performed with fluid, the Cu surface is first the aforesaid polishing oxidized by the oxidizing agent, and a thin oxide layer is formed on the surface. Next, a substance is supplied which renders the oxidizing agent water-soluble, the oxide layer becomes water-soluble and dissolves, and the thickness of the oxide layer decreases. The part where the oxide layer became thin is again exposed to the oxidizing substance so that the thickness of the oxide layer increases, and this reaction is repeated as chemical mechanical polishing proceeds. This type of chemical mechanical polishing using an abrasive particle-free polishing fluid is described in detail in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 9(1997)-299937 and Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10(1998)-317233 submitted by the Applicant et al. The polishing conditions are, for example, load=250 g/cm2, wafer carrier rotation speed=30 rpm, platen rotation speed=25 rpm, slurry flow rate=150 cc/min, and the polishing pad is a hard pad (IC1400) from Rodel Co. in the U.S. The endpoint of polishing is taken as the point when the
Cu film 46 is removed and theunderlying TiN film 45 is exposed. This endpoint is detected by detecting a rotation torque signal intensity of the platen or wafer carrier which varies when the polishing target changes from theCu film 46 to theTiN film 45. Alternatively, the endpoint may be detected by opening a hole in part of the polishing pad and detecting the spectral variation of reflected light from the wafer surface, or by detecting the optical spectral variation of the slurry. - As shown in
FIG. 37 , by performing the above abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, theCu film 46 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 is almost entirely removed to expose the underlying layer of theTiN film 45, but as shown in the enlargements ofFIGS. 38( a), 38(b), some of theCu film 46 which could not be removed by this polishing may remain in depressions (shown by the arrow) in theTiN film 45 due to steps in the underlying layer. - Next, to remove the
TiN film 45 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 and theCu film 46 remaining in some places on its upper surface, thesubstrate 1 is moved from thefirst platen 403A to thesecond platen 403B shown inFIG. 34 toFIG. 36 , and chemical mechanical polishing (abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing) using a polishing fluid (slurry) containing abrasive particles (CMP of second step) is performed. Here, the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing refers to chemical mechanical polishing using a polishing fluid wherein the content of abrasive particles including alumina or silica exceeds 0.5 wt %. In this embodiment, the polishing fluid is a mixture of 5 vol % of hydrogen peroxide, 0.03 wt % of citric acid and 0.5 wt % of abrasive particles with pure water, but this is not exhaustive. The polishing fluid is supplied to thepolishing pad 413 of thesecond platen 403B via the slurry feed pipe 418A. - In this abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing, after the
Cu film 46 which remains in some places on the upper surface of theTiN film 45 is removed, theTiN film 45 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 is removed. In this process, polishing is performed under conditions wherein the polishing selectivity ratio of theCu film 46 relative to the TiN film 45 (barrier layer) is lower than that of the abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, e.g., under conditions where the selectivity ratio does not exceed 3, so as to suppress polishing of the surface of theCu film 46 inside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44. - The polishing conditions are, for example, load=120 g/cm2 wafer carrier rotation speed=30 rpm, platen rotation speed=25 rpm, slurry flow rate=150 cc/min, and the polishing pad is IC1400 from Rodel Co. The polishing amount is equivalent to the film layer thickness of the
TiN film 45, and the endpoint of polishing is controlled by the time computed from the film thickness and polishing speed of theTiN film 45. - As shown in
FIG. 39 , almost all of theTiN film 45 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 is removed by performing the above abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing to expose the underlying layer ofsilicon oxide film 39, but as shown in the enlargements ofFIGS. 40( a), 40(b), some of theTiN film 45 which could not be removed by the above polishing remains in depressions (shown by the arrow) of thesilicon oxide film 39 due to steps in the layer underneath. - Next, while suppressing the polishing of the
Cu film 46 inside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 as much as possible, selective chemical mechanical polishing (CMP of third step) is performed to remove the TiN film 45 (barrier layer) remaining in some parts on thesilicon oxide film 39 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44. This selective chemical mechanical polishing is performed under conditions where the polishing selectivity ratio of theTiN film 45 relative to theCu film 46 is at least 5 or more. Further, this chemical mechanical polishing is performed under conditions wherein the ratio of the polishing speed of thesilicon oxide film 39 relative to the polishing speed of theCu film 46 is larger than 1. - To perform the above selective chemical mechanical polishing, an anticorrosion agent is added to the polishing fluid comprising an abrasive particle content higher than 0.5 wt % such as is generally used in the aforesaid abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing. The anticorrosion agent is a chemical which prevents or suppresses the progress of polishing by forming an anticorrosive protection film on the surface of the
Cu film 46. Benzotriazole (BTA), benzotriazole derivatives, such as BTA carboxylic acid, dodecyl mercaptan, triazole or tolyl triazole, are used, and a particularly stable protection film is formed when BTA is used. - When BTA is used as the anticorrosion agent, its concentration depends on the type of slurry, but generally, a sufficient effect is obtained by adding 0.001-1 wt %, preferably 0.01-1 wt %, and more preferably 0.1-1 wt % (three stages). In this embodiment, 0.1 wt % of BTA as the anticorrosion agent was mixed with the polishing fluid used in the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing of the second step, but this is not exhaustive. Also, to avoid a decrease on the polishing speed due to addition of the anticorrosion agent, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, their ammonium salts or ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) can be added if necessary. Chemical mechanical polishing using a slurry containing such an anticorrosion agent is described in detail in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10 (1998)-209857, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 9 (1997)-299937 and Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 10 (1998)-317233 submitted by the Applicant et al. After the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing (CMP of the second step) is completed, this selective chemical mechanical polishing (CMP of the third step) is then performed on the
second platen 403B of the CMP apparatus shown inFIG. 34-FIG . 36. The polishing fluid to which the anticorrosion agent is added, is supplied to the surface of thepolishing pad 413 via the aforesaid slurry feed pipe 418 b. The polishing conditions are, for example, load=120 g/cm2, wafer carrier rotation speed=30 rpm, platen rotation speed=25 rpm, and slurry flow rate 190 cc/min. - As shown in
FIG. 41 andFIGS. 42( a), 42(b), by performing the above selective chemical mechanical polishing, all of theTiN film 45 outside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44 is removed, and the embeddedCu interconnections 46 a to 46 e are formed inside theinterconnection slots 40 to 44. - A slurry residue containing particulates such as abrasive particles or metal particles such as copper oxides adhere to the surface of the
substrate 1 in which formation of the embeddedCu interconnections 46 a to 46 e is complete. To remove this slurry residue, in theclean station 404 shown inFIG. 34 , thesubstrate 1 is washed with pure water containing BTA. At this time, mechanical washing may be performed concurrently by applying a high frequency vibration of 800 kHz or more to the washing liquid to dislodge the slurry residue from the surface of thesubstrate 1. Next, to prevent drying of the surface, thesubstrate 1 is transported while it is maintained in the wet state from the polishingtreatment part 401 to thepost-washing part 402. In afirst washing part 409A, scrub washing is performed using a washing liquid including 1 wt % of NH40H, and in asecond washing part 409B, scrub washing is performed using pure water. As described above, to prevent corrosion in the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e due to irradiation of light on the surface of the substrate during washing, the whole section is covered by ashield wall 430. - The
substrate 1 which has completed scrub washing (post-washing) is dried in the spin drier 410, and transported to the next step. The subsequent steps are identical to those of the first embodiment.FIG. 43 is an overall flowchart of the processes used for forming the aforesaid Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e. - According to this embodiment, TDDB life can be improved more than in the first embodiment.
FIG. 44 is a graph showing TDDB life in the case of this embodiment. The data for this embodiment is shown by the line E. For reference, data for no treatment (line Ref) and data for the abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing (Embodiment 1) (line A) are shown simultaneously. TDDB characteristics are improved, as shown by the line F, even if abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing is performed without ammonia plasma treatment. This may be due to the fact that, in the case of abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, improvement of TDDB life results from less damage to the silicon oxide film. In the case of abrasive particles, the slurry contains abrasive particles (alumina, etc.) of 2-3 μm size (secondary particle diameters). Due to these abrasive particles, micro-scratches occur, and damage is done to the surface of thesilicon oxide film 39. However, in the case of abrasive particle-free polishing, the slurry does not contain abrasive particles or only a very small amount of them even if they are present, so that the damage can be largely reduced. As a result, the TDDB characteristics are improved. - When the acid treatment (HF treatment) described in the next embodiment is performed in addition, the TDDB characteristics are further improved (line G). In this acid treatment, after CMP post-washing, the
substrate 1 is treated with an aqueous acid solution (e.g., aqueous HF solution), and ammonia plasma treatment is then performed. Due to the acid treatment, the damaged layer on the surface is removed, interface adhesion characteristics are improved and TDDB life is improved. -
FIG. 45 is an overall flowchart of the process for forming the Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e of the third embodiment. As shown in the figure, the process is identical toEmbodiment 1 except that a HF or citric acid washing step is inserted. - In HF washing, using brush scrub washing, for example, the HF concentration may be 0.5% and the washing time may be 20 seconds.
- Alternatively, instead of HF washing, citric acid washing may be used. In citric acid washing, using brush scrub washing, for example, the citric acid concentration may be 5% and the washing time may be 45 seconds.
- By using HF or citric acid washing in this way, the damaged layer on the surface due to CMP may be removed. Hence, the TDDB life can be improved.
FIG. 46 is a graph showing TDDB life in the case of this embodiment. The data when citric acid is used in the case of this embodiment is shown by the line H, and the data when HF washing is used is theline 1. For reference, no treatment (line Ref) and the data of Embodiment 1 (line A) are shown simultaneously. The TDDB characteristics are improved, as shown by the line J, even if HF washing is performed alone without ammonia plasma treatment. This is probably because the interface characteristics are improved due to removal of the damaged layer. -
FIG. 47-FIG . 49 are plan views and sectional views showing a method of fabricating the semiconductor integrated device according to a fourth embodiment of this invention. InFIG. 47 toFIG. 49 , only the interconnection part is shown. - As shown in
FIG. 47 , an insulatingfilm 502 for forming interconnections is formed over an insulatingfilm 501, and this insulatingfilm 502 is embedded to form acopper interconnection 503. The method of forming thecopper interconnection 503 is identical to that of Embodiments 1-3. - Further, a silicon oxide film (TEOS oxide film) 506 is formed by plasma CVD using a
silicon nitride film 504, a low dielectric constantsilicon oxide film 505 and TEOS as the raw material gas. - The low dielectric constant
silicon oxide film 505 comprises a silicon oxide insulating film having a specific dielectric constant (6) not exceeding 3.0, such as for example by a coating insulating film comprising an inorganic SOG film having hydrogen silsesquioxane as a raw material or an organic SOG film having tetraalkoxysilane+alkyl alkoxysilane as a raw material, or a fluorocarbon polymer film formed by plasma CVD. By using this low dielectric constant silicon oxide film, the parasitic capacitance between interconnections is reduced and problems of interconnection delay are avoided. - Next, in the pattern shown in
FIG. 48( a), and as shown inFIG. 48( b), connectingholes 507 are formed. Photolithography and etching are used to form the connectingholes 507. However, the dielectric constantsilicon oxide film 505 has a film structure with an uneven surface, and has many Si—OH bonds. It has been found by experience that due to this, the film quality of the film formed as the upper layer and the state of the interface are poor. It has also been found from experience that if the barrier film (titanium nitride) described in the next step is formed as it is without treatment, the TDDB characteristics are poor. Therefore, the ammonia plasma treatment described inEmbodiment 1 is applied to the exposed part of thesilicon oxide film 505 in the connectingholes 507. As a result, the Si—OH bonds on the surface are improved and are transformed into SI—O—N bonds as described inEmbodiment 1. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 49 , aplug 508 including titanium nitride and tungsten is formed in the connectingholes 507. When this titanium nitride is deposited, the Si—O—N bonds break away as inEmbodiment 1, the interface between titanium nitride and the low dielectric constant silicon-oxide film 505 is improved, and the connectivity is improved. - The plasma treatment in the connecting holes may of course be applied also to the interconnection slots.
- Instead of ammonia plasma treatment, a plasma treatment may be performed with a mixture of nitrogen, argon and helium.
- It may be that in an ashing step to remove the photoresist film after forming the connecting
holes 507, the surfaces of theinterconnections 503 in the bases of the connectingholes 507 are oxidized. To remove this oxide layer, a technique has been disclosed in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 11(1999)-16912. - The low dielectric constant
silicon oxide film 505 is defined as a silicon oxide film having a lower dielectric constant than the silicon oxide film (for example, TEOS oxide film) contained in the protection layer formed as a passivation film. - The method of forming the embedded
Cu interconnections 46 a to 46 e may be applied also to the formation of embedded Cu interconnections using the Dual Damascene method. In this case, after forming the first layer ofW interconnections 24 to 30, as shown inFIG. 50 , thesilicon oxide film 31 having a film thickness of approximately 1200 nm, the thinsilicon nitride film 38 having a film thickness of approximately 50 nm and thesilicon oxide film 39 having a film thickness of approximately 350 nm, are first formed by plasma CVD over the first layer of the W interconnections 24 to 30. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 51 , after progressively removing thesilicon oxide film 39,silicon nitride film 38 andsilicon oxide film 31 overlying the first layer of the W interconnections 24, 26, 27, 29, 30 by dry etching using a photoresist film as a mask, as shown also inFIGS. 52( a), 52(b),interconnection slots 50 to 54 with through holes are formed by removing thesilicon oxide film 39 by dry etching using thesilicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper using another photoresist film as a mask. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 53 , after depositing thethin TiN film 45 having a film thickness of approximately 50 nm over thesilicon oxide film 39, including the interior of theinterconnection slots 50 to 54, theCu film 46 having a film thickness sufficiently larger than the depth of theinterconnection slots 50 to 54 is deposited over theTiN film 45. Since theinterconnection slots 50 to 54 with through holes have a larger aspect ratio than theinterconnection slots 40 to 44, theTiN film 45 is deposited by CVD. Also, theCu film 46 is deposited by repeating sputtering two or more times. It may be formed by CVD, electrolysis plating or non-electrolysis plating. If theCu film 46 is formed by plating, a step is required for forming a Cu seed layer underneath theinterconnection slots 50 to 54 by sputtering or the like. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 54 , theCu film 46 andTiN film 45 outside theinterconnection slots 50 to 54 are removed by the aforesaid abrasive particle-free chemical mechanical polishing, abrasive particle chemical mechanical polishing and selective chemical mechanical polishing, and the embeddedCu interconnections 46 a to 46 e are formed inside theinterconnection slots 50 to 54. The remaining steps are identical to the method of forming the embeddedCu interconnections 46 a to 46 e using the aforesaid Single Damascene method. - As described above, it is commonly known that when Cu is used as an interconnection material, the TDDB life is remarkably shorter than when other is metal materials (e.g., aluminum and tungsten) are used.
FIG. 55 is a graph showing measured TDDB characteristic data for Cu interconnections, aluminum interconnections and tungsten interconnections. The vertical axis is TDDB life, and the horizontal axis is field strength. - Extrapolating the properties of aluminum interconnections (data A) and tungsten interconnections (data B), the TDDB life at a field strength of 0.2 MV/cm (as in normal use) far exceeds 3×108 sec (10 years) which is the development target of the Inventors. On the other hand, extrapolating the properties of Cu interconnections (data C), it is seen that there is practically no margin regarding the development target of 10 years.
- In this experiment, the aluminium interconnections were formed by patterning using film deposition and photolithography, while the tungsten interconnections were formed by an identical Damascene method to that of the Cu interconnections. Specifically, the only difference between the Cu interconnections and tungsten interconnections is the material, there being no difference in structure. The remarkable difference in TDDB characteristics despite this must therefore be due to the difference in interconnection material. The TDDB characteristics show data obtained at a temperature of 140° C.
- It is generally considered that the reason for the deterioration of the TDDB life is that Cu used as the interconnection material diffuses into the surrounding area, and this lowers the installation breakdown voltage between interconnections. Therefore, concerning the use of Cu interconnections, a barrier film would appear necessary to prevent diffusion of Cu. However, as interconnections become finer, the proportion of cross-sectional area of the high resistance barrier film in the cross-sectional area of the interconnections increases, the interconnection resistance increases, and the advantage of applying copper as an interconnection material becomes less.
- Therefore, the Inventors performed fresh experiments and studies on the copper diffusion phenomenon. As a result, the Inventors discovered, for the first time, the actual mechanism behind the copper diffusion phenomenon as described above. Specifically, concerning the copper in the interconnections, drifting and diffusion of ionized copper from copper oxide or copper silicide at the electric potential between the interconnections is a far more important a factor than atomic copper. Also, the diffusion occurs predominantly between the insulating film formed by the copper interconnections and the cap film. Specifically, copper oxide or copper suicide is formed on the surface of the copper interconnections, copper ions are formed from these copper compounds, the ionized copper drifts and diffuses due to the field between interconnections along the interface between the insulating film forming the interconnections and the cap film, and the diffused-copper atoms increase the leakage current. This increase in the leakage current increases the thermal stress, finally causing insulation breakdown on the leakage path and affecting the TDDB life.
-
FIG. 56 is a graph showing the Si content in the copper interconnections when various surface treatments are performed (ammonia plasma treatment, hydrogen plasma treatment, hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment), and when no treatment is performed. These test results were obtained from a test performed after a step for forming the aforesaid copper interconnections (including the TiN film (barrier film)), the aforesaid washing step, the aforesaid surface treatment steps, the step for forming the aforesaid cap film and a step for forming the interlayer insulating film. It is thought that the same effect as that of Si would be obtained from other impurities, such as oxygen or sulfur. - The copper silicide in the surface treatments mainly arises from set flow when the cap film (silicon nitride) is formed, as described above. In the hydrogen annealing treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment when this test is performed, the Si content in the vicinity of the surface (d approx. 10-60 nm) and inside (d=approx. 90-300 nm) of the Cu interconnections is larger than in the case of ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment. In particular, it is seen to be extremely high in the vicinity of the surface. In this processing, the TDDB characteristics were poor as shown in
FIG. 33 . - On the other hand, the Si content in the vicinity of the surface of and inside the Cu interconnections is low in ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment when this test is performed, compared with hydrogen annealing treatment and nitrogen plasma treatment. In particular, it is extremely low in the vicinity of the surface. Specifically, in this processing, the impurity content in the Cu interconnections is low, the degree of cleanliness of the surface of the insulating film in which the interconnection slots are formed is high, and there are few dangling bonds on the surface of the insulating film in which the interconnection slots are formed. Therefore, as shown in
FIG. 33 , the TDDB characteristics were good. Thus, when there is a TiN film (conducting barrier film), the TDDB characteristics are determined only by the effect of the interface. - From this fresh viewpoint, the Inventors discovered for the first time that it was possible to form a film of neutral Cu which is not ionized in the side walls and bottom of the interconnection slots (increasing the purity of the copper), to perform ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment, or, by combining this with CMP or the aforesaid washing treatment, to improve the TDDB life of the semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising Cu interconnections even if the film thickness of the barrier film was less than 10 nm, or when there was no barrier film at all.
- Herein,
FIG. 57 shows the dependence of the interconnection resistance, i.e., (TiN.x (film thickness) nm/TiN 50 nm ratio), on the thickness of the TiN film, i.e., (barrier film). The figure shows measured values and theoretical values (calculated values) of the interconnection resistance for a slot shape wherein the line width is, for example, of the order of 0.4 μm and 1.0 μm, and the depth of the interconnection slots is, for example, of the order of 0.4 μm. The film thickness of the TiN film is the film thickness of the bottom of the interconnection slot. - From
FIG. 57 , it can be seen that the interconnection resistance decreases as the thickness of the TiN film (barrier film) decreases, and that the calculated values essentially coincide with the measured values. Therefore, as compared with the interconnection resistance when the TiN film thickness is 50 nm, when there is no TiN film, the interconnection resistance largely decreases by about 19% when the line width is of the order of 0.4 μm, and by about 15% when the line width is of the order of 10 μm. It is also seen that even when the film width of the TiN film is of the order of 10 nm, the interconnection resistance can be decreased by about 16% when the line width is of the order of 0.4 μm and by about 12% when the line width is of the order of 1.0 μm. -
FIG. 58 shows the TiN film dependence of the TDDB characteristics in the case where the Cu interconnection is formed by long throw sputtering. From this figure, it is seen that when the film thickness of the TiN film is 10-50 nm, the TDDB characteristics are of the same order as those described above. On the other hand, it is seen that compared to the TDDB characteristics when the TiN film is of the order of 10-50 nm, the TDDB characteristics of samples where there is no TiN film considerably exceed the new system targets (e.g., 0.2 MV/cm, 110° C., 10 years=3×108 sec) although the slope becomes gentler. -
FIG. 59 shows TDDB characteristics in the presence and absence of heat treatment in Cu interconnections when there is no TiN film, and when the thickness of the TiN film is of the order of 10 nm. From this figure, it is seen that even for samples where there is no TiN film, the TDDB characteristics do not deteriorate, for example, with heat treatment at 400□C for 3 hours. - From the test results shown in
FIG. 58 andFIG. 59 , it was discovered for the first time, by experiments carried out by the Inventors, that even when there is no TiN film, i.e., even when interconnections are formed only of Cu, sufficient reliability can still be attained and practical Cu interconnections can still be formed. - A specific example of the interconnection structure of the semiconductor integrated circuit device of the sixth embodiment is shown in
FIGS. 60( a) and 60(b), which are sectional views in which part of the semiconductor integrated circuit device (first interconnection layer and second interconnection layer) which has been removed.FIG. 60( a) shows a point formed by the Single Damascene method, andFIG. 60( b) shows a point formed by the Dual Damascene method. Asilicon oxide film 48 is deposited over asilicon nitride film 47. InFIG. 60( b), thesilicon oxide film 31 b is deposited over asilicon oxide film 31 a and thetungsten interconnection 27 via asilicon nitride film 49. The case is shown where the throughhole 34, through which part of the tipper surface of theW interconnection 27 is exposed, is formed in thesilicon oxide film 31 b andsilicon nitride film 49. In the following description, only the first interconnection layer and second interconnection layer will be described for convenience, but it shall be understood that this invention applies not only to these parts and can be applied also to other interconnection layer parts. - The line width (width of interconnection slot 42) and adjacent line interval (distance between opposite lateral surfaces of adjacent lines) is, for example, 0.4 μm or less. This is a semiconductor integrated circuit device having an interconnection structure wherein the line width and adjacent line interval studied by the Inventors is 0.25 μm or less, or 0.2 μm, for example. The aspect ratio of the
interconnection slot 42 is 1, for example. - The thickness of the conducting barrier film represented by the
TiN film 45 is less than 10 nm, and preferably of the order of 6-7 nm, for example. In the sixth embodiment, the TDDB characteristics can be improved even when the film thickness of thisTiN film 45 does not exceed 5 nm or does not exceed 3 nm, or even when it is of the order of only 2 nm. Here, the thickness of theTiN film 45 means the surface part where the film is deposited most thinly. Herein, in the film thickness of theTiN film 45 in the interconnection slots (e.g., interconnection slot 42) or connecting holes (e.g., through hole 34), the side walls are deposited most thinly, and the thickness therefore means the thickness of theTiN film 45 in the side walls. Further, in this case, the following two structures may occur, for example. In one of these structures, in the side walls of the interconnection slots or connecting holes (including the bottom angle part of the slot or hole), the thickness of the part where theTiN film 45 is thinnest is the above thickness (e.g., less than 10 nm, and preferably about 6-7 nm, 5 nm or less, 3 nm or less or about 2 nm). In the other case, in the side walls of the interconnection slot or connecting holes, the thickness of the part where theTiN film 45 is thickest is the above thickness (e.g., less than 10 nm, and preferably about 6-7 nm, 5 nm or less, 3 nm or less or about 2 nm). - By forming the
TiN film 45 to have a thickness of less than 10 nm, as described above, the adhesion of theTiN film 45 to thesilicon oxide film 39 is better than that of the Cu film, so peeling of theCu film 46 can be prevented when CMP is performed. Compared to the case where theTiN film 45 is not provided (as described inEmbodiment 8 hereafter), the interconnection resistance increases, but a highly reliable Cu interconnection structure can be fabricated. Also, compared to the case where theTiN film 45 is not provided, the TDDB characteristics are improved. This is probably because, when there is noTiN film 45, Cu impacts the side wall of theinterconnection slot 42 when theCu film 46 is formed and reacts with SiO2, so a small amount of Cu ions is produced. Even after heat treatment, the TDDB characteristics do not deteriorate, so this minute Cu ion layer at the CU/SiO2 interface has some effect. Therefore, according to this embodiment, even thethin TiN film 45 of less than 10 nm acts as a barrier to the ionized Cu, and the TDDB characteristics are improved. - The concentration of components other than Cu in the Cu interconnections represented by the
Cu interconnection 46 c, does not exceed 0.8 At %, or 0.2 At %. According to measurement results obtained by the Inventors, it is possible to arrange it so that the concentration of components other than Cu does not exceed, for example, 0.08 At %, 0.05 At % or 0.02 At %. This value of the concentration of components other than Cu is a value when the semiconductor chip is completed, i.e., when a semiconductor chip is cut out of the semiconductor wafer after a wafer process, and is a value computed assuming diffusion in the Cu interconnection due to the heat when the insulating film or metal film is formed (e.g., in the case of tungsten, heat of about 450° C. when the film is formed), after forming the Cu interconnection. - In an actual Cu interconnection, regarding components other than Cu, their concentration in the upper layer of the Cu interconnection (part where the cap film is in contact) is high, and these components are probably distributed so that they gradually become sparser towards the center of the Cu interconnection. The components other than Cu are, for example, silicon, oxygen or sulfur (sulfur may be present when Cu interconnection is formed by plating), or any combination of these.
- Instead of the
silicon oxide films - Next, one example of forming the Cu interconnection structure according to the Single Damascene method will be described with reference to
FIG. 61( a)-FIG. 65( b).FIGS. 61( a), 62(a), 63(a), 64(a) andFIG. 65( a) show plan views of the essential parts during the process of manufacturing the semiconductor integrated circuit device, andFIGS. 61( b), 62(b), 63(b), 64(b) andFIG. 65( b) show sections taken along a line A-A inFIGS. 61( a), 62(a), 63(a), 64(a) andFIG. 65( a), respectively.FIGS. 61( a), 62(a), 63(a), and 64(a) are plan views, the metal film being shaded for ease of understanding the diagram. - First, after the steps of
FIG. 1-FIG . 6 described inEmbodiment 1, theinterconnection slot 42 is formed as shown inFIGS. 61( a), 61(b) in the same way as was described with reference toFIG. 7 . The upper surface of theplug 37 is exposed on the bottom surface of theinterconnection slot 42. Next, as shown inFIG. 62( b), aTa film 45 a (conducting barrier film), for example, is deposited to a thickness of about 30 nm as-deposited film thickness, for example, by an identical sputtering method to that ofEmbodiment 1. In this step, theTa film 45 a is deposited at the thickest point or the thinnest point of the side walls of theinterconnection slot 40, for example, to less than 10 nm, or about 6-7 nm. Herein, the conducting barrier film was Ta, but as described above, TiN or another film may be used. - Subsequently, the
Cu film 46 is deposited over theTa film 45 a to a thickness of, for example, about 300 nm as-deposited film thickness, by an identical sputtering method to that ofEmbodiment 1. The conditions in this step may be as follows. The pressure may be 0.02 Pa, the DC power may be 10 kW, the distance between the target and thesubstrate 1 may be 300-400 nm, and the temperature may be room temperature. - In this embodiment, therefore, by depositing the
Cu film 46 by sputtering, the production of compounds can be maintained at a very low level compared to the CVD or plating methods. Also, the target used in this step was oxygen-free Cu of high purity, for example, 99.999% (5N) or higher, or preferably 99.9999% (6N) or higher. Hence, the concentration of Cu in theCu film 46 when the film is formed is 99.999% or higher, or preferably 99.9999% or higher. Therefore, Cu of even higher purity can be deposited. - When the
Ta film 45 a andCu film 46 are deposited, the ordinary sputtering method may be used, but a sputtering method with high directivity, such as long throw sputtering or collimate sputtering, may also be used. In this case, the coverage of theinterconnection slot 42 by the metal film can be improved. - Next, hydrogen annealing treatment is performed. Due to this, the
Cu film 46 is well embedded in theinterconnection slot 42. The conditions in this step may be of the order of 475° C., 3 minutes, 26.6644×102 Pa and 500 sccm, for example. - Next, as shown in
FIGS. 63( a), 63(b), theCu film 46 andTa film 45 a are polished by a CMP method identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 2, and theCu film 46 c is formed by removing surplus parts. Next, an anticorrosion process identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 2, and a cleaning treatment identical to that of the aforesaid Embodiments 1 and 3, are performed. Subsequently, the ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment described inEmbodiment 1 is performed on the surface of the insulatingfilm 39 andCu interconnection 46 c, as shown by the dotted shading ofFIG. 64( b). - When ammonia plasma treatment is performed, SiH bonds and SiN bonds are formed on the surface part of the
silicon oxide film 39, so the quality, degree of cleanliness and electrical stability of the surface part of thesilicon oxide film 39 can be improved, and the Cu diffusion preventing ability can be improved. As described in theaforesaid Embodiment 1, adhesion to the cap film can also be improved. Further, in the surface part of theCu film 46 c, CuN is formed. This CuN acts to stop bonding between silicon and oxygen in later steps, preventing formation of copper silicide and copper oxide and improving the purity of the copper. Therefore, Cu diffusion is prevented, and the TDDB life is enhanced. Moreover, the purity of the Cu is high, so the resistance of the Cu interconnections can be decreased as intended when the semiconductor chip is in the finished state. As a result, the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved. - On the other hand, when hydrogen plasma treatment is performed, SiH bonds are formed in the surface part of the
silicon oxide film 39, so a substantially identical effect is obtained to the case of ammonia plasma treatment. According to experimental results obtained by the Inventors, in hydrogen plasma treatment, Cu reacts with silicon to the extent of several % in the subsequent cap film forming step, but the leakage current is largely reduced compared to the case of hydrogen annealing, nitrogen plasma treatment or no treatment, and the TDDB life can be enhanced. Further, the resistance of the Cu interconnections is poorer as compared to ammonia plasma treatment, but it is less than in the case of hydrogen annealing or nitrogen plasma treatment. - Subsequently, as shown in
FIGS. 65( a), 65(b), the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as inEmbodiment 1. Following this, as shown inFIG. 60( a), thesilicon nitride film 48 is deposited by plasma CVD using, for example, TEOS (tetraethoxysilane). - Next, an example of forming the Cu interconnection structure by the Dual Damascene method will be described with reference to
FIG. 66( a)-FIG. 77( b).FIGS. 66( a), 67(a), 68(a), 69(a), 70(a), 71(a), 72(a), 73(a), 74(a), 75(a), 76(a) and 77(a) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device, andFIGS. 66( b), 67(b), 68(b), 69(b), 70(b), 71(b), 72(b), 73(b), 74(b), 75(b), 76(b) and 77(b) show sectional views taken along line A-A inFIGS. 66( a), 67(a), 68(a), 69(a), 70(a), 71(a), 72(a), 73(a), 74(a), 75(a), 76(a) and 77(a), respectively.FIGS. 73( a), 74(a), 75(a) andFIG. 76( a) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand. - First, after the steps of
FIG. 1-FIG . 5 described inEmbodiment 1, and after the step ofFIG. 50 ofEmbodiment 5, areflection prevention film 65 is coated over thesilicon oxide film 39 and aphotoresist pattern 66 is formed thereupon, as shown inFIG. 66( b). Thephotoresist pattern 66 is a mask pattern for forming, for example, flat circular holes, and is formed by ordinary photolithography. Next, as shown inFIG. 67( b), thereflection prevention film 65 which remains exposed is removed by dry etching using the photoresist pattern 66 a mask, and the throughhole 34 is formed by removing thesilicon oxide film 39,silicon nitride film 38 andsilicon oxide film 31 b by dry etching. The etching of thesilicon oxide film 39,silicon nitride film 38 andsilicon oxide film 31 b is first performed non-selectively, then the etching selection ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed under conditions such that the silicon oxide film is removed more easily than the silicon nitride film. As a result, the throughhole 34 is opened using thesilicon nitride film 49 as an etching stopper. Therefore, at this stage, thesilicon nitride film 49 is exposed at the bottom surface of the throughhole 34. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 68( b), thephotoresist pattern 66 andreflection prevention film 65 are removed by ashing, etc., and as shown inFIG. 69( b), areflection prevention film 67 is coated over the whole surface of thesilicon oxide film 39 so that it is embedded in the throughhole 34. Next, as shown inFIG. 70( b), aphotoresist pattern 68 is formed over thereflection prevention film 67. Thephotoresist pattern 68 is a mask pattern for forming, for example, a flat band-shaped interconnection slot, and is formed by ordinary photolithography. Subsequently, as shown inFIG. 71( b), thereflection prevention film 67 which remains exposed is removed by dry etching using thephotoresist pattern 68 as a mask, and theinterconnection slot 42 is formed by removing thesilicon oxide film 39 by dry etching. In the etching of thissilicon oxide film 39, the etching selectivity ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed under conditions such that the silicon oxide film is removed more easily than the silicon nitride film. In this way, theinterconnection slot 42 is formed using thesilicon nitride film 38 as an etching stopper. Therefore, at this stage, thesilicon nitride film 38 is exposed on the bottom surface of theinterconnection slot 42. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 72( b), after removing thephotoresist pattern 68 andreflection prevention film 67 by ashing, etc., thesilicon nitride films interconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34 are selectively removed. In this etching step, the etching selectivity ratio of the silicon oxide film and silicon nitride film is increased, and etching is performed so that the silicon nitride film is removed more easily than the silicon oxide film. In this way, as shown inFIG. 73( b), part of thesilicon oxide film 39 andW interconnection 27 is exposed from the bottom surface of theinterconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34. This is in order to make an electrical connection between theW interconnection 27 and the upper layer embedded interconnection. Also, by reducing thesilicon nitride films interconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34 are formed. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 74( b), theTa film 45 a (conducting barrier film) is deposited by sputtering under identical conditions to the Single Damascene method described inEmbodiment 6. In this step, theTa film 45 a is deposited at the thickest point or the thinnest point of the side walls of theinterconnection slot 40, for example, to less than 10 nm, or about 6-7 nm. Herein, the conducting barrier film was Ta, but as described above, TiN or another film may be used. - Next, the
Cu film 46 is deposited over theTa film 45 a to the thickness of, for example, about 150 nm as-deposited film thickness, by an identical sputtering method to that ofEmbodiment 6. The target used in this step was, for example, oxygen-free Cu of a high purity, for example, 99.999% (5N) or higher, or preferably 99.9999% (6N) or higher. Hence, the concentration of Cu in theCu film 46 when the film is formed is 99.999% or higher, or preferably 99.9999% or higher. Therefore, Cu of high purity can be deposited over the bottom surface and side walls of the Cu interconnection. - Subsequently, the
Cu film 46 is formed by electrolysis plating or the like. The conditions when theCu film 46 is embedded in the throughhole 34 by electrolysis plating are, for example, current density 0.5-1.0 A/dm2, approx. 40 seconds. The conditions when theCu film 46 is embedded in theinterconnection slot 42 are, for example, current density 1.0-2.0 A/dm2, approx. 140 seconds. - Next, hydrogen annealing is performed in the same way as in the Single Damascene method described in
Embodiment 6. This treatment may sometimes be omitted. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 75( b), theCu film 46 c is formed by polishing theCu film 46 andTa film 45 a by a CMP technique identical to that described inEmbodiments Embodiments Embodiment 1 are performed on the surface of the insulatingfilm 39 andCu film 46 c, as shown by the dotted shading ofFIG. 76( b). In this way, the same effect as that of the Single Damascene method described inEmbodiment 6 can be obtained. - Subsequently, as shown in
FIG. 77( b), the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as inEmbodiment 1, and as shown inFIG. 60( b), thesilicon oxide film 48 is formed by plasma CVD or the like using for example TEOS gas on thesilicon nitride film 47. - In this
Embodiment 6, in addition to the effect obtained by the construction ofEmbodiment 6, concerning structural parts which are identical to those of the aforesaid Embodiments 1-5, identical effects to those described in Embodiments 1-5 can be obtained. - In
Embodiment 7, after forming interconnection slots and connecting holes, the aforesaid ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed. The Single Damascene method and Dual Damascene method are identical, soEmbodiment 7 will be described with reference toFIGS. 78( a), 78(b) andFIGS. 79( a), 79(b) taking the Dual Damascene method as an example.FIG. 78( a),FIG. 79( a) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device, andFIG. 78( b),FIG. 79( b) show sectional views taken on line A-A inFIG. 78( a),FIG. 79( a), respectively.FIG. 78( a),FIG. 79( a) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand. - In
Embodiment 7, after performing the fabrication steps described with reference toFIG. 66( a)-FIG. 73( b) of theaforesaid Embodiment 6, ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed as shown by the dotted shading ofFIG. 78( b). - When ammonia plasma treatment is performed, SiH bonds and SiN and bonds are formed on the surface of the
silicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of theinterconnection slot 42, the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of theinterconnection slot 42 and the surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the through hole 34 (e.g., a thin silicon nitride film of less than 10 nm is formed). As a result, the quality, degree of cleanliness and electrical stability of the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 39, the surface of thesilicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of theinterconnection slot 42, the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of theinterconnection slot 42 and the surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the throughhole 34, can be improved, and the Cu diffusion preventing ability can be improved. As described in theaforesaid Embodiment 1, adhesion between thesilicon oxide film 39 and the cap film can also be improved. After performing ammonia plasma treatment, the nitride film (in this case, WN film) formed over theW interconnection 27 may also be removed by lightly performing dry etching. - On the other hand, when hydrogen plasma treatment is performed, SiH bonds are formed on the upper surface of the
silicon oxide film 39, the surface of thesilicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of theinterconnection slot 42, the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of theinterconnection slot 42 and the surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the throughhole 34. As a result, a substantially identical effect to that of ammonia plasma treatment is obtained. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 79( b), theTa film 45 a andCu film 46 are formed in sequence from the bottom layer in the same way as inEmbodiment 6. The remaining steps are identical to those ofEmbodiment 6, and will not be repeated. - In
Embodiment 7, in addition to the effect obtained inEmbodiment 6, by performing ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment also on the side walls of theinterconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34, the TDDB life is further improved, so that the reliability and yield of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be further improved. - A specific example of the interconnection structure of the semiconductor integrated circuit device of
Embodiment 8 will now be described with reference toFIGS. 80( a) and 80(b), which are sectional views showing part of the semiconductor integrated circuit device.FIG. 80( a) shows a point formed by the Single Damascene method, andFIG. 80( b) shows a point formed by the Dual Damascene method. - In
Embodiment 8, the conducting barrier film is not formed. Specifically, only Cu is embedded in theinterconnection slot 42 or throughhole 34. Therefore, the side walls and base part of theCu interconnection 46 c are effectively in direct contact with thesilicon oxide film 39. However, when the method described inEmbodiment 7 is used, the side walls and base part of theCu interconnection 46 c are directly in contact with the thin silicon nitride film formed over the side walls and base part of thesilicon oxide film 39 in theinterconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34. - The concentration and distribution of components other than Cu represented by the
Cu interconnection 46 c are identical to those described inEmbodiment 6. The materials of the interlayer insulating films used instead of thesilicon oxide films FIGS. 60( a) and 60(b) ofEmbodiment 6. - In this
Embodiment 8 also, as described inEmbodiment 6, the TDDB life can be enhanced. Therefore, the yield and reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved. InEmbodiment 8, the conducting barrier film is not provided and only theCu film 46 is embedded in theinterconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34, so that the interconnection resistance can be largely improved. Further, different interconnection layers are directly connected without the intermediary of the conducting barrier film (Ta film 45 a or TiN film 45) (herein, a structure is shown as an example wherein theCu film 46 c andW interconnection 27 are directly connected, but Cu interconnections in different interconnection layers may also be directly connected), so that the connection resistance between different interconnection layers can be largely reduced, and the resistance of fine through holes can be decreased. Therefore, the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be enhanced even if theinterconnection slots 42 and throughholes 34 become finer. - The method of forming this Cu interconnection structure is identical to that of
Embodiments Embodiment 8 by the Dual Damascene method will be described with reference toFIG. 81( a)-FIG. 84( b).FIGS. 81( a), 82(a), 83(a), and 84(a) show plan views of the essential parts during the fabrication of the semiconductor integrated circuit device, andFIGS. 81( b), 82(b), 83(b), and 84(b) show sectional views taken on a line A-A inFIGS. 81( a), 82(a), 83(a), and 84(a), respectively.FIGS. 81( a), 82(a), 83(a) are plan views wherein the metal films have been shaded to make the drawings easier to understand. - In
Embodiment 8, after performing the fabrication steps described with reference toFIG. 66( a)-FIG. 73( b) of theaforesaid Embodiment 6, ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed as shown by the dotted shading ofFIG. 81( b). - When ammonia plasma treatment is performed, as in
Embodiment 7, the quality, degree of cleanliness and electrical stability of the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 39, the surface of thesilicon oxide film 39 in the side walls of theinterconnection slot 42, the upper surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the base part of theinterconnection slot 42 and the surface of thesilicon oxide film 31 b in the side walls of the throughhole 34, can be improved, and the Cu diffusion preventing ability can be improved. As in theaforesaid Embodiment 1, adhesion between thesilicon oxide film 39 and the cap film can also be improved. As inEmbodiment 7, after performing ammonia plasma treatment, the nitride film (in this case, WN film) formed over theW interconnection 27 may also be removed by lightly performing dry etching. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 82( b), theCu film 46 of high purity is deposited in the same way as in the Cu film forming step ofEmbodiment 6. Specifically, inEmbodiment 8, theCu film 46 of high purity is deposited directly over the silicon oxide film 39 (including the interior of theinterconnection slot 42 and through hole 34) without depositing the conducting barrier film (Ta film 45 a or TiN film 45). It may be considered that theCu film 46 embedded in theinterconnection slot 42 and throughhole 34 is in direct contact with the thin silicon nitride film in its side walls and at its base. In this structure, therefore, it is probably difficult for Cu to ionize in the side walls and at the base of theCu film 46. - Subsequently, as in
Embodiment 6, after theCu film 46 is polished and removed by CMP or the like, cleaning treatment is performed. In this way, as shown inFIG. 83( a), theCu film 46 c is formed. TheCu film 46 c is basically formed of Cu. - Next, the above ammonia plasma treatment or hydrogen plasma treatment is performed on the upper surface of the
silicon oxide film 39 and the upper surface (exposed surface) of theCu film 46 c, as shown by the dotted shading ofFIG. 83( b). In this way, as inEmbodiment 6, Cu diffusion can be prevented, and the TDDB life can be enhanced. Further, since the purity of Cu can be kept high, the resistance of the Cu interconnection in the finished semiconductor chip can be reduced. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 84( b), similar toEmbodiment 6, the silicon nitride film (cap film) 47 is deposited in the same way as inEmbodiment 1, and thesilicon oxide film 48 is deposited thereon by plasma CVD using, for example, TEOS gas as shown inFIG. 80( b). - In this
Embodiment 8, in addition to the effect of Embodiments 1-7, the following effect is obtained. Since a conducting barrier film is not provided, the resistance of theCu interconnection 46 c can be largely reduced. Therefore, the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device can be improved. - This invention has been described by way of specific examples based on various embodiments, but the invention is not limited to these embodiments, various modifications being possible within the scope and spirit of the appended claims.
- For example, it will be understood that, although Embodiments 1-8 can of course be used alone, they may be used in combination. For example, chemical mechanical polishing may be performed with an abrasive particle-free slurry using the technology of
Embodiment 2, acid treatment subsequently applied using the technology ofEmbodiment 3, and ammonia, hydrogen or other plasma treatment performed using the technology ofEmbodiment 1. - In Embodiments 1-8, the formation of the
silicon nitride film 47 after ammonia plasma treatment was performed continuously without a break in the vacuum, but after the ammonia plasma treatment, a break in the vacuum state may be performed first, and thesilicon nitride film 47 formed later. If a break in the vacuum is not performed, the effect of the invention is further enhanced, but as a thin nitride layer is formed by ammonia plasma treatment, the formation of an oxide layer can be suppressed even if a break in the vacuum state is performed and the chip is exposed to the atmosphere. Therefore, even in the case of a vacuum break, the effect of this embodiment is still obtained to some extent. - In Embodiments 1-8, a case was described in which the Cu film was formed by sputtering, but if the conditions are such that the purity of Cu can be kept high, plating or CVD may also be used instead of sputtering.
- In the above description, a case was described in which this invention as conceived by the Inventors was applied to CMOS-LSI technology, which is the background of the invention, but the invention is not limited to this field, and may be applied, for example, also to semiconductor integrated circuit devices comprising memory circuits, such as DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory), SRAM (Static Random Access Memory), flash memory (EEPROM: Electric Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) or FRAM (Ferroelectric Random Access Memory), semiconductor integrated circuit devices comprising logic circuits such as microprocessors, or mixed semiconductor integrated circuit devices wherein the aforesaid memory circuits and logic circuits are provided on the same semiconductor substrate. This invention may also be applied to semiconductor integrated circuit devices, semiconductor devices, electronic circuit devices or electronic devices having at least a fine copper interconnection structure.
- Of the various aspects and features of the invention disclosed in this application, the advantages obtained by representative examples may be simply described as follows.
- (1) According to one feature disclosed in this application, by making the concentration of components other than copper in the embedded interconnection not more than 0.8 At. % in the finished semiconductor chip, the resistance of the embedded interconnection having copper as its main component can be reduced.
- (2) According to another feature disclosed in this application, as regards the side wall part of the aforesaid depression, by making the thickness of the thickest part of the conducting barrier film less than 10 nm, the resistance of the embedded interconnection having copper as its main component can be reduced.
- (3) According to a further feature disclosed in this application, by providing a construction in which there is no barrier film in the aforesaid depression, the resistance of the embedded interconnection having copper as its main component can be reduced.
- (4) According to still another feature disclosed in this application, by making the concentration of components other than copper in the embedded interconnection not more than 0.8 At. % in the finished semiconductor chip, the insulation breakdown resistance between embedded interconnections having copper as their main component can be improved.
- (5) According to a still further feature disclosed in this application, by providing a step wherein, after removing a metal film by chemical mechanical polishing to form an embedded interconnection layer, the upper surface of an insulating film and the embedded interconnection layer is plasma treated in an atmosphere of a gas having reducing properties, and providing a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer after the plasma treatment, the insulation breakdown resistance between embedded interconnections having copper as their main component can be improved.
- (6) According to yet another feature disclosed in this application, by providing a step wherein, after removing a metal film by chemical mechanical polishing to form an embedded interconnection layer, the upper surface of an insulating film and the embedded interconnection layer is plasma treated in an atmosphere of a gas having reducing properties, and providing a step of forming a cap insulating film over the insulating film and embedded metal interconnection layer after the plasma treatment, adhesion between the interconnection layer of the embedded interconnection having copper as its principal component and the cap film can be improved.
- (7) Due to the aforesaid features (1)-(6), the performance of the semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising an embedded interconnection having copper as its main component, can be improved.
- (8) Due to the aforesaid features (4)-(6), the reliability of the semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising an embedded interconnection having copper as its main component, can be improved.
- (9) Due to the aforesaid features (4)-(6), the yield of the semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising an embedded interconnection having copper as its main component, can be improved.
Claims (31)
1. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising:
(a) forming a first insulating film over a semiconductor substrate;
(b) forming a groove in the second insulating film;
(c) after the step (b), performing a first plasma treatment;
(d) after the step (c), forming a barrier metal film over an inner surface of the groove and a upper surface of the first insulating film;
(e) forming a copper seed layer over the barrier metal layer;
(f) forming a copper film containing copper as its principal component on the copper seed layer so as to fill the groove;
(g) removing the barrier metal film, the copper seed layer and the copper film formed on the copper seed layer outside the groove so as to leave a copper interconnection in the groove;
(h) after the step (g), performing a second plasma treatment; and
(i) after the step (h), forming an insulating barrier film on the exposed surface of the first insulating film and the upper surface of the copper interconnection.
2. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (c), the first plasma treatment is an ammonia plasma treatment.
3. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 2 ,
wherein, in the step (c), an inner surface of the groove an upper surface of the first insulating film are nitrided by the ammonia plasma treatment.
4. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (c), the first plasma treatment is an hydrogen plasma treatment.
5. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (h), the second plasma treatment is an ammonia plasma treatment.
6. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (h), the second plasma treatment is an hydrogen plasma treatment.
7. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 , further comprising a step;
(j) after the step (f) and before the step (g), performing a hydrogen annealing treatment.
8. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (f), the copper film is formed by electrolysis plating.
9. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein the barrier metal film includes a tantalum film.
10. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein the film thickness of the thinnest part of the barrier metal film in the groove is less than 10 nm.
11. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein the film thickness of the thinnest part of the barrier metal film in the groove is less than 5 nm.
12. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein, in the step (e), the copper seed layer is formed by copper sputtering with a copper target having a purity of 99.999% or more.
13. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein the total concentration of components other than copper in the copper interconnection, when step (h) is completed, does not exceed 0.8 At %.
14. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein a width of said groove is less than 0.4 μm.
15. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 1 ,
wherein a width of said groove is less than 0.2 μm.
16. (dual D) A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device comprising:
(a) forming a first wiring over a semiconductor substrate;
(b) forming a first insulating film over the first wiring;
(c) forming a second insulating film over the first insulting film;
(d) forming a groove in the second insulating film and a hole in the first insulating film, the hole being connected to the first wiring;
(e) after the step (d), performing a first plasma treatment;
(f) after the step (e), forming a barrier metal film over inner surfaces of the groove and the hole, over an upper surface of the second insulating film and over an upper surface of the first wiring;
(g) forming a copper seed layer over the barrier metal layer;
(h) forming a copper film containing copper as its principal component on the copper seed layer so as to fill the groove and the hole;
(i) removing the barrier metal film, the copper seed layer and the copper film formed on the copper seed layer outside the groove and the hole so as to leave a copper interconnection in the groove and the hole;
(j) after the step (i), performing a second plasma treatment; and
(k) after the step (j), forming an insulating barrier film on the exposed surface of the second insulating film and the upper surface of the copper interconnection.
17. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (e), the first plasma treatment is an ammonia plasma treatment.
18. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 17 ,
wherein, in the step (e), inner surfaces of the groove and the hole and an upper surface of the second insulating film are nitrided by the ammonia plasma treatment.
19. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (e), the first plasma treatment is an hydrogen plasma treatment.
20. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (j), the second plasma treatment is an ammonia plasma treatment.
21. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (j), the second plasma treatment is an hydrogen plasma treatment.
22. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 , further comprising a step;
(l) after the step (h) and before the step (i), performing a hydrogen annealing treatment.
23. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 , further comprising a step;
(m) after the step (e) and before the step (f), removing the upper surface of the first wiring by performing a dry etching treatment.
24. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (h), the copper film is formed by electrolysis plating.
25. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein the barrier metal film includes a tantalum film.
26. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein the film thickness of the thinnest part of the barrier metal film in the groove and the hole is less than 10 nm.
27. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein the film thickness of the thinnest part of the barrier metal film in the groove and the hole is less than 5 nm.
28. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein, in the step (g), the copper seed layer is formed by copper sputtering with a copper target having a purity of 99.999% or more.
29. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein the total concentration of components other than copper in the copper interconnection, when step (j) is completed, does not exceed 0.8 At %.
30. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein a width of said groove is less than 0.4 μm.
31. A method of fabricating a semiconductor integrated circuit device according to the claim 16 ,
wherein a width of said groove is less than 0.2 μm.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/790,760 US20080132059A1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2007-04-27 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2000-104015 | 2000-04-05 | ||
JP2000104015A JP2001291720A (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2000-04-05 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and its manufacturing method |
US09/825,946 US6764950B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2001-04-05 | Fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US10/811,927 US7232757B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2004-03-30 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US11/790,760 US20080132059A1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2007-04-27 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/811,927 Continuation US7232757B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2004-03-30 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080132059A1 true US20080132059A1 (en) | 2008-06-05 |
Family
ID=18617635
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/825,946 Expired - Lifetime US6764950B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2001-04-05 | Fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US10/811,927 Expired - Fee Related US7232757B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2004-03-30 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US11/790,760 Abandoned US20080132059A1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2007-04-27 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/825,946 Expired - Lifetime US6764950B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2001-04-05 | Fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US10/811,927 Expired - Fee Related US7232757B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2004-03-30 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US6764950B2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001291720A (en) |
KR (1) | KR100698987B1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW531892B (en) |
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090177991A1 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-07-09 | Hospira, Inc. | User interface improvements for medical devices |
US20090309221A1 (en) * | 2007-03-13 | 2009-12-17 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
US20090308636A1 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2009-12-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | In-situ silicon cap for metal gate electrode |
US20110121297A1 (en) * | 2008-07-03 | 2011-05-26 | Kabushiki Kaisha Kobe Seiko Sho (Kobe Steel, Ltd.) | Wiring structure, thin film transistor substrate, method for manufacturing thin film transistor substrate, and display device |
US20130011996A1 (en) * | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-10 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US20140030891A1 (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2014-01-30 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device and apparatus for manufacturing semiconductor device |
US9847355B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2017-12-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Silicon nitride film, and semiconductor device |
US10910232B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-02-02 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Copper plasma etching method and manufacturing method of display panel |
US11139242B2 (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2021-10-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Via-to-metal tip connections in multi-layer chips |
Families Citing this family (60)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4554011B2 (en) * | 1999-08-10 | 2010-09-29 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US7034402B1 (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2006-04-25 | Intel Corporation | Device with segmented ball limiting metallurgy |
TW462085B (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2001-11-01 | United Microelectronics Corp | Planarization of organic silicon low dielectric constant material by chemical mechanical polishing |
JP4535629B2 (en) * | 2001-02-21 | 2010-09-01 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
US6727158B2 (en) * | 2001-11-08 | 2004-04-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Structure and method for forming a faceted opening and a layer filling therein |
CN1220259C (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2005-09-21 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Forming method for wiring structure |
CN1207773C (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2005-06-22 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Forming method of wiring structure |
CN1198331C (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2005-04-20 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Forming method for wiring structure |
JP4340040B2 (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2009-10-07 | 富士通マイクロエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
JP2003318140A (en) * | 2002-04-26 | 2003-11-07 | Applied Materials Inc | Polishing method and device thereof |
US7687917B2 (en) | 2002-05-08 | 2010-03-30 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Single damascene structure semiconductor device having silicon-diffused metal wiring layer |
DE10224167B4 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2007-01-25 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Sunnyvale | A method of making a copper wire with increased resistance to electromigration in a semiconductor element |
CN100352036C (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2007-11-28 | 株式会社瑞萨科技 | Semiconductor device and its making method |
JP4454242B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2010-04-21 | 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2004363516A (en) * | 2003-06-09 | 2004-12-24 | Sony Corp | Method for forming embedded wiring |
JP2005050903A (en) * | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-24 | Toshiba Corp | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method |
US20050054206A1 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2005-03-10 | Nanya Technology Corporation | Etching method and recipe for forming high aspect ratio contact hole |
US20060172526A1 (en) * | 2003-10-16 | 2006-08-03 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Method for preventing edge peeling defect |
US7341946B2 (en) * | 2003-11-10 | 2008-03-11 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Methods for the electrochemical deposition of copper onto a barrier layer of a work piece |
US7180195B2 (en) * | 2003-12-17 | 2007-02-20 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for improved power routing |
SG157226A1 (en) * | 2004-02-24 | 2009-12-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Mfg | A method for improving time dependent dielectric breakdown lifetimes |
US20050230354A1 (en) * | 2004-04-14 | 2005-10-20 | Hardikar Vishwas V | Method and composition of post-CMP wetting of thin films |
JP4703129B2 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2011-06-15 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method and design method thereof |
US7465595B2 (en) * | 2004-11-09 | 2008-12-16 | Fujitsu Limited | Quantum device, manufacturing method of the same and controlling method of the same |
US7332422B2 (en) * | 2005-01-05 | 2008-02-19 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing, Ltd. | Method for CuO reduction by using two step nitrogen oxygen and reducing plasma treatment |
US20060194427A1 (en) * | 2005-02-25 | 2006-08-31 | Yi-Ching Wu | Interconnecting process and method for fabricating complex dielectric barrier layer |
US7348276B2 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2008-03-25 | Fujitsu, Limited | Fabrication process of semiconductor device and polishing method |
US7288488B2 (en) * | 2005-05-10 | 2007-10-30 | Lam Research Corporation | Method for resist strip in presence of regular low k and/or porous low k dielectric materials |
JP4956919B2 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2012-06-20 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
KR101168728B1 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2012-07-26 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Wire and method for fabricating interconnection line and thin film transistor substrate and method for fabricating the same |
JP4964442B2 (en) * | 2005-08-10 | 2012-06-27 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Thin film transistor and manufacturing method thereof |
US7348238B2 (en) * | 2005-08-22 | 2008-03-25 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Bottom electrode for memory device and method of forming the same |
KR100741882B1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-23 | 동부일렉트로닉스 주식회사 | Highvoltage device and Method for fabricating of the same |
US7378339B2 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2008-05-27 | Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. | Barrier for use in 3-D integration of circuits |
US7510967B2 (en) * | 2006-05-29 | 2009-03-31 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
US20080299780A1 (en) * | 2007-06-01 | 2008-12-04 | Uv Tech Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for laser oxidation and reduction |
DE102007035266B4 (en) * | 2007-07-27 | 2010-03-25 | Siltronic Ag | A method of polishing a substrate of silicon or an alloy of silicon and germanium |
US7758403B2 (en) * | 2007-11-16 | 2010-07-20 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands B.V. | System, method and apparatus for lapping workpieces with soluble abrasives |
JP4778018B2 (en) * | 2008-04-23 | 2011-09-21 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Insulating film formation method |
CN102203935A (en) * | 2008-10-27 | 2011-09-28 | Nxp股份有限公司 | Biocompatible electrodes |
US8513119B2 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2013-08-20 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method of forming bump structure having tapered sidewalls for stacked dies |
US20100171197A1 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Hung-Pin Chang | Isolation Structure for Stacked Dies |
US20110052797A1 (en) * | 2009-08-26 | 2011-03-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Low Temperature Plasma-Free Method for the Nitridation of Copper |
US8791549B2 (en) | 2009-09-22 | 2014-07-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Wafer backside interconnect structure connected to TSVs |
US8466059B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2013-06-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Multi-layer interconnect structure for stacked dies |
US8900994B2 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2014-12-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method for producing a protective structure |
US8525339B2 (en) | 2011-07-27 | 2013-09-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Hybrid copper interconnect structure and method of fabricating same |
KR20140028735A (en) * | 2012-08-30 | 2014-03-10 | 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 | Semiconductor memory device and method of manufacturing the same |
US9312203B2 (en) | 2013-01-02 | 2016-04-12 | Globalfoundries Inc. | Dual damascene structure with liner |
JP6255728B2 (en) * | 2013-06-17 | 2018-01-10 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Semiconductor device, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and design program |
JP5694503B2 (en) * | 2013-12-27 | 2015-04-01 | Jx日鉱日石金属株式会社 | SEED LAYER WITH SELF-DIFFUSION SUPPRESSING FUNCTION AND METHOD FOR FORMING SEED LAYER HAVING SELF-DIFFUSION SUPPRESSING FUNCTION |
JP2016219620A (en) * | 2015-05-21 | 2016-12-22 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device and foup for use therein |
US9887160B2 (en) * | 2015-09-24 | 2018-02-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiple pre-clean processes for interconnect fabrication |
US20180134546A1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | Amkor Technology, Inc. | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP6352490B2 (en) * | 2017-04-24 | 2018-07-04 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
US11195748B2 (en) * | 2017-09-27 | 2021-12-07 | Invensas Corporation | Interconnect structures and methods for forming same |
US11152455B2 (en) * | 2019-09-23 | 2021-10-19 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method to reduce breakdown failure in a MIM capacitor |
US11810857B2 (en) * | 2020-08-25 | 2023-11-07 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Via for semiconductor device and method |
CN112038228B (en) * | 2020-08-27 | 2022-08-09 | 上海华力集成电路制造有限公司 | Surface treatment method for improving continuity of TiN film |
US11430729B2 (en) | 2020-09-16 | 2022-08-30 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | MIM capacitor with a symmetrical capacitor insulator structure |
Citations (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5985747A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 1999-11-16 | Sony Corporation | Semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US6013575A (en) * | 1995-07-07 | 2000-01-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of selectively depositing a metal film |
US6048789A (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 2000-04-11 | Vlsi Technology, Inc. | IC interconnect formation with chemical-mechanical polishing and silica etching with solution of nitric and hydrofluoric acids |
US6136680A (en) * | 2000-01-21 | 2000-10-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Methods to improve copper-fluorinated silica glass interconnects |
US6153523A (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2000-11-28 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming high density capping layers for copper interconnects with improved adhesion |
US6159857A (en) * | 1999-07-08 | 2000-12-12 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Robust post Cu-CMP IMD process |
US6169036B1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2001-01-02 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for cleaning via openings in integrated circuit manufacturing |
US6171957B1 (en) * | 1997-07-16 | 2001-01-09 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device having high pressure reflow process |
US6177364B1 (en) * | 1998-12-02 | 2001-01-23 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Integration of low-K SiOF for damascene structure |
US6177347B1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2001-01-23 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | In-situ cleaning process for Cu metallization |
US6181012B1 (en) * | 1998-04-27 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Copper interconnection structure incorporating a metal seed layer |
US6191007B1 (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 2001-02-20 | Denso Corporation | Method for manufacturing a semiconductor substrate |
US6242349B1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2001-06-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming copper/copper alloy interconnection with reduced electromigration |
US6274923B1 (en) * | 1998-06-12 | 2001-08-14 | Nec Corporation | Semiconductor device and method for making the same |
US6284657B1 (en) * | 2000-02-25 | 2001-09-04 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Non-metallic barrier formation for copper damascene type interconnects |
US6348402B1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2002-02-19 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of manufacturing a copper interconnect |
US6348410B1 (en) * | 2000-11-02 | 2002-02-19 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Low temperature hillock suppression method in integrated circuit interconnects |
US6355571B1 (en) * | 1998-11-17 | 2002-03-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reducing copper oxidation and contamination in a semiconductor device |
US6424045B2 (en) * | 1996-09-25 | 2002-07-23 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor device with pure copper wirings and method of manufacturing a semiconductor device with pure copper wirings |
US6440844B1 (en) * | 1997-07-08 | 2002-08-27 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device with copper wiring and its manufacture method |
US6521532B1 (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2003-02-18 | James A. Cunningham | Method for making integrated circuit including interconnects with enhanced electromigration resistance |
US6537621B1 (en) * | 1996-10-01 | 2003-03-25 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of forming a titanium film and a barrier film on a surface of a substrate through lamination |
US6593239B2 (en) * | 1996-12-09 | 2003-07-15 | Cabot Microelectronics Corp. | Chemical mechanical polishing method useful for copper substrates |
Family Cites Families (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3072807B2 (en) | 1992-07-15 | 2000-08-07 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
JP3156886B2 (en) | 1993-01-26 | 2001-04-16 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
KR0161883B1 (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 1999-02-01 | 문정환 | Method of fabricating metal wire of semiconductor device |
JP3517802B2 (en) * | 1995-09-01 | 2004-04-12 | 富士通株式会社 | Method of forming buried conductive layer |
JPH0982798A (en) | 1995-09-12 | 1997-03-28 | Toshiba Corp | Semiconductor device and manufacture thereof |
JPH10154709A (en) | 1996-09-25 | 1998-06-09 | Toshiba Corp | Manufacture of semiconductor device |
JP3150095B2 (en) | 1996-12-12 | 2001-03-26 | 日本電気株式会社 | Method of manufacturing multilayer wiring structure |
JPH1116912A (en) | 1997-06-25 | 1999-01-22 | Hitachi Ltd | Manufacture of semiconductor integrated circuit device and manufacture device of semiconductor integrated circuit device |
JPH1187349A (en) | 1997-07-16 | 1999-03-30 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Production of semiconductor device and the semiconductor device |
US5904565A (en) | 1997-07-17 | 1999-05-18 | Sharp Microelectronics Technology, Inc. | Low resistance contact between integrated circuit metal levels and method for same |
JPH11204523A (en) * | 1998-01-07 | 1999-07-30 | Toshiba Corp | Manufacture of semiconductor device |
JPH11220023A (en) | 1998-02-02 | 1999-08-10 | Sharp Corp | Semiconductor device and its manufacture |
JP3955386B2 (en) * | 1998-04-09 | 2007-08-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2000077435A (en) * | 1998-08-31 | 2000-03-14 | Hitachi Ltd | Semiconductor device and manufacture thereof |
-
2000
- 2000-04-05 JP JP2000104015A patent/JP2001291720A/en active Pending
-
2001
- 2001-03-30 TW TW090107703A patent/TW531892B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-04-04 KR KR1020010018003A patent/KR100698987B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-04-05 US US09/825,946 patent/US6764950B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2004
- 2004-03-30 US US10/811,927 patent/US7232757B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-04-27 US US11/790,760 patent/US20080132059A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6013575A (en) * | 1995-07-07 | 2000-01-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of selectively depositing a metal film |
US6424045B2 (en) * | 1996-09-25 | 2002-07-23 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor device with pure copper wirings and method of manufacturing a semiconductor device with pure copper wirings |
US6537621B1 (en) * | 1996-10-01 | 2003-03-25 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of forming a titanium film and a barrier film on a surface of a substrate through lamination |
US5985747A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 1999-11-16 | Sony Corporation | Semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US6593239B2 (en) * | 1996-12-09 | 2003-07-15 | Cabot Microelectronics Corp. | Chemical mechanical polishing method useful for copper substrates |
US6048789A (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 2000-04-11 | Vlsi Technology, Inc. | IC interconnect formation with chemical-mechanical polishing and silica etching with solution of nitric and hydrofluoric acids |
US6191007B1 (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 2001-02-20 | Denso Corporation | Method for manufacturing a semiconductor substrate |
US6440844B1 (en) * | 1997-07-08 | 2002-08-27 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device with copper wiring and its manufacture method |
US6171957B1 (en) * | 1997-07-16 | 2001-01-09 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device having high pressure reflow process |
US6181012B1 (en) * | 1998-04-27 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Copper interconnection structure incorporating a metal seed layer |
US6274923B1 (en) * | 1998-06-12 | 2001-08-14 | Nec Corporation | Semiconductor device and method for making the same |
US6355571B1 (en) * | 1998-11-17 | 2002-03-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reducing copper oxidation and contamination in a semiconductor device |
US6177364B1 (en) * | 1998-12-02 | 2001-01-23 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Integration of low-K SiOF for damascene structure |
US6153523A (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2000-11-28 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming high density capping layers for copper interconnects with improved adhesion |
US6242349B1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2001-06-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming copper/copper alloy interconnection with reduced electromigration |
US6348402B1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2002-02-19 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of manufacturing a copper interconnect |
US6169036B1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2001-01-02 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for cleaning via openings in integrated circuit manufacturing |
US6177347B1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2001-01-23 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | In-situ cleaning process for Cu metallization |
US6159857A (en) * | 1999-07-08 | 2000-12-12 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Robust post Cu-CMP IMD process |
US6521532B1 (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2003-02-18 | James A. Cunningham | Method for making integrated circuit including interconnects with enhanced electromigration resistance |
US6136680A (en) * | 2000-01-21 | 2000-10-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Methods to improve copper-fluorinated silica glass interconnects |
US6284657B1 (en) * | 2000-02-25 | 2001-09-04 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Non-metallic barrier formation for copper damascene type interconnects |
US6348410B1 (en) * | 2000-11-02 | 2002-02-19 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Low temperature hillock suppression method in integrated circuit interconnects |
Cited By (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9847355B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2017-12-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Silicon nitride film, and semiconductor device |
US8378489B2 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2013-02-19 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
US20090309221A1 (en) * | 2007-03-13 | 2009-12-17 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
US20090177991A1 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-07-09 | Hospira, Inc. | User interface improvements for medical devices |
US20090308636A1 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2009-12-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | In-situ silicon cap for metal gate electrode |
US8138041B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2012-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | In-situ silicon cap for metal gate electrode |
US20110121297A1 (en) * | 2008-07-03 | 2011-05-26 | Kabushiki Kaisha Kobe Seiko Sho (Kobe Steel, Ltd.) | Wiring structure, thin film transistor substrate, method for manufacturing thin film transistor substrate, and display device |
US8535997B2 (en) * | 2008-07-03 | 2013-09-17 | Kobe Steel, Ltd. | Wiring structure, thin film transistor substrate, method for manufacturing thin film transistor substrate, and display device |
US9142443B2 (en) * | 2011-07-05 | 2015-09-22 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
TWI553724B (en) * | 2011-07-05 | 2016-10-11 | Renesas Electronics Corp | Semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US20130011996A1 (en) * | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-10 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US20140030891A1 (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2014-01-30 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device and apparatus for manufacturing semiconductor device |
US10910232B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-02-02 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Copper plasma etching method and manufacturing method of display panel |
US11139242B2 (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2021-10-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Via-to-metal tip connections in multi-layer chips |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2001291720A (en) | 2001-10-19 |
US7232757B2 (en) | 2007-06-19 |
US6764950B2 (en) | 2004-07-20 |
US20040180534A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 |
KR100698987B1 (en) | 2007-03-26 |
US20010030367A1 (en) | 2001-10-18 |
TW531892B (en) | 2003-05-11 |
KR20010095332A (en) | 2001-11-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7232757B2 (en) | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and fabrication method for semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
JP4554011B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
US7084063B2 (en) | Fabrication method of semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
US20030032292A1 (en) | Fabrication method of semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
JP2003188254A (en) | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor | |
KR20030038456A (en) | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and semiconductor device | |
JP2006179948A (en) | Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing device | |
JP2008141204A (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
KR100746895B1 (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
JP2002329780A (en) | Fabrication method of semiconductor device and semiconductor device | |
JP2007005840A (en) | Method of manufacturing semiconductor integrated circuit device | |
JP2003124311A (en) | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and semiconductor device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |